WO2020216133A1 - 一种通信方法及设备 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020216133A1
WO2020216133A1 PCT/CN2020/085232 CN2020085232W WO2020216133A1 WO 2020216133 A1 WO2020216133 A1 WO 2020216133A1 CN 2020085232 W CN2020085232 W CN 2020085232W WO 2020216133 A1 WO2020216133 A1 WO 2020216133A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
terminal device
information
network
srb3
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/085232
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
姚楚婷
何彦召
邝奕如
徐海博
王键
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to US17/605,894 priority Critical patent/US20220124697A1/en
Priority to EP20795908.1A priority patent/EP3930356B1/en
Priority to CN202080030304.6A priority patent/CN113728665A/zh
Publication of WO2020216133A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020216133A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/20—Services signaling; Auxiliary data signalling, i.e. transmitting data via a non-traffic channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/11—Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the long term evolution (LTE) base station as the primary base station can carry ( signaling radio bearer (SRB)1 sends configuration to terminal equipment, for example, configures terminal equipment to report auxiliary information of terminal equipment to help LTE base stations understand the status of terminal equipment according to the auxiliary information of terminal equipment, so as to better schedule terminal equipment.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device includes, for example, overheating information of the terminal device.
  • the overheating information includes, for example, the terminal device tends to reduce the number of uplink and downlink auxiliary cells of the terminal device, or the set of uplink and downlink capabilities that the terminal device tends to.
  • the terminal equipment can only send the auxiliary information of the terminal equipment to the LTE base station as the main base station, and the LTE base station can make a decision after receiving the auxiliary information of the terminal equipment. For example, if the terminal device sends overheating information to the LTE base station, a decision that the LTE base station may make is to make the terminal device release the connection with the new radio (NR) base station as the secondary base station, so that the terminal device changes To work in a single connection structure.
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal device After the terminal device works in a single-connection structure, it can only receive data from the LTE base station, but can no longer receive data from the NR base station. For terminal equipment, the performance degradation will be more obvious.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to improve the transmission performance of a terminal device.
  • a first communication method includes: a terminal device determines that it can send auxiliary information of the terminal device to a first network device through SRB3, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first The network device is the auxiliary network device of the at least two network devices; the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate what the terminal device expects Configuration or service information of the terminal device.
  • the method may be executed by a first communication device, and the first communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device as the auxiliary network device through SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information can include the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the auxiliary network device can also obtain the terminal device.
  • the overheating information of the device so that the auxiliary network device can configure the terminal device accordingly, so as not to release the connection between the terminal device and the auxiliary network device, thereby helping to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determining that it can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 includes: the terminal device receives the auxiliary information from the first network Device or first configuration information of the second network device; the terminal device determines according to the first configuration information that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, the The second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it can send auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 according to the configuration of the network device.
  • the first configuration information sent to the terminal device may be the first network device or the second network device, which is more flexible.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information
  • the method further includes: the terminal device It is determined according to the first time information that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information; or, the terminal device is The first time information determines that after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device, the terminal device no longer sends the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first time information may be used to indicate that the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range indicated by the first time information. This also indicates that the first time information implicitly indicates that outside the time range indicated by the first time information, the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. This is equivalent to adding a time limit for the terminal device to send auxiliary information via SRB3, and the terminal device can only send auxiliary information to the first network device via SRB3 within a specified time. This method is convenient for the second network device to manage.
  • the first time information may be used to indicate that after the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, it cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range indicated by the first time information.
  • the first time information implicitly indicates that after the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, outside the time range indicated by the first time information, the terminal device can send to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the network device sends auxiliary information. In this way, it is possible to prevent the terminal device from frequently sending auxiliary information to the first network device, and reduce the burden on the first network device.
  • the first time information is, for example, timer information, or information at the first moment, or information at the first time duration, etc., and there is no limitation on the implementation manner of the first time information.
  • the first configuration information further includes information of at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines that it can send the at least one parameter to the first network device through the SRB3. The value of the parameter.
  • the network device can inform the terminal device which parameters are required by the network device, so that the terminal device can report the value of the parameter required by the network device, so that the report of the terminal device is more in line with the needs of the network device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device may only include information related to the first network device, which is equivalent to that the terminal device can only send information related to the first network device for the first network device, so that the first network device can directly make decisions based on this information .
  • the number of secondary cells in the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device may only include the number of secondary cells corresponding to the first network device, but not the number of secondary cells corresponding to the second network device, so that the first network device does not need to communicate with the second network device.
  • the equipment negotiates, but can directly make corresponding decisions based on the auxiliary information of the terminal equipment.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device may include both information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device, which is equivalent to that the terminal device can send both auxiliary information related to the two network devices to the first network device.
  • a network device for example, the first network device can send information related to the second network device to the second network device, thereby reducing the interaction process between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3, the The adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device.
  • the first network device After receiving the auxiliary information, the first network device can determine the desired configuration of the terminal device according to the auxiliary information, so that the first network device can adjust some configurations of the terminal device, such as adjusting the air interface configuration, so that the configuration of the terminal device can meet the requirements of the terminal device. Expectations. Then the first network device can send adjustment information to the terminal device, and the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can adjust the corresponding configuration after receiving the adjustment information. It can be seen that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can send corresponding auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, so that the first network device can adjust the corresponding configuration for the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • auxiliary information may also include other information, or the auxiliary information may not include any of the above, but only include other information, which is not specifically limited.
  • the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect further includes: sending, by the terminal device, capability information of the terminal device to a second network device, where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, and the first The sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information also includes second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device and corresponding to the first network device.
  • Third sub-capability information of the device and the second network device, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the terminal device can send the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, and the second network device can send the capability information corresponding to the first network device to the first network device again, so that the first network device can also obtain the terminal device's capability information.
  • Ability information For example, the first network device is an LTE network device, and the second network device is an NR network device, then the NR network device can support some new capabilities that the LTE network device cannot support.
  • the version of terminal equipment is constantly evolving, so a higher version of terminal equipment may also be able to support these new capabilities. However, it is currently stipulated that the terminal device can only send auxiliary information to the main network device, and cannot send auxiliary information to the auxiliary network device.
  • the terminal device can send all the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the terminal device can send the capability information of the terminal device in the format of a message provided by the second network device.
  • the second network device may then send the capability information (for example, the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information) corresponding to the first network device to the first network device.
  • the second network device may not be able to identify the first sub-capability information, so the second network device can transparently transmit the first sub-capability information to the first network device without identifying the first sub-capability information, which is May include information about new capabilities.
  • the first network device can obtain information about some new capabilities supported by the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be better scheduled.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends a request message to the second network device, the request message is used to request the establishment of the SRB3 for communication between the terminal device and the first network device,
  • the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices; the terminal device receives a first message from the second network device, and the first message is used to establish
  • the SRB3 may be used to configure SRB3 for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may request the second network device to establish the SRB3 for the communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the terminal device can actively request the establishment of SRB3 without passively waiting for the second network device to establish the SRB3, and the terminal device is more active.
  • a second communication method includes: a first network device receives auxiliary information of a terminal device, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate a desired configuration of the terminal device or service information of the terminal device, and The terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is an auxiliary network device in the at least two network devices.
  • the method may be executed by a second communication device, and the second communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the first network device as the auxiliary network device can also obtain the auxiliary information of the terminal device, so that the first network device can also configure the terminal device accordingly.
  • the auxiliary information includes the overheating information of the terminal device, etc., then the first network device can also obtain the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be configured accordingly, without causing the terminal device to release the first network device, and try to ensure that the terminal The transmission performance of the device.
  • the method further includes: the first network device determines adjustment information according to the auxiliary information, and sends all the adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3.
  • the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the first network device After the first network device obtains the auxiliary information of the terminal device, it can determine the adjustment information according to the auxiliary information to adjust the configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device, etc., so that the configuration or service information of the terminal device can be as consistent as possible Requirements for terminal equipment.
  • the first network device receiving auxiliary information of the terminal device includes: the first network device Receiving the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3; or, the first network device receives the auxiliary information from a second network device, and the second network device is the at least two network devices The main network device in the.
  • the terminal device can directly send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, or the terminal device can also send the auxiliary information to the second network device, and the second network device sends the information related to the first network device in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the method further includes: the first network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first network device through the SRB3 Send the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information can be sent to the terminal device, indicating that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first configuration information, it can send the first configuration information through SRB3. Send auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can clarify the corresponding behavior.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the terminal device can only send information related to the first network device in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can also send information related to the second network device in the auxiliary information to the second network device. That is, the terminal device can send respective corresponding auxiliary information to different network devices, so that the network device can make respective decisions after receiving the corresponding auxiliary information.
  • the terminal device can also send all the auxiliary information to the first network device (or the second network device), and the first network device (or the second network device) then sends the second network device (or the first network device) The related information is sent to the second network device, which can reduce the interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device Information
  • the method further includes: the first network device sending information related to the second network device included in the auxiliary information to the second network device.
  • the terminal device can also send all the auxiliary information to the first network device, and the first network device sends the information related to the second network device to the second network device, which can reduce the interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can be Send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the first network device , No longer sending auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes the auxiliary The information of the at least one parameter corresponding to the information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the capability information of the terminal device includes a first sub-capability corresponding to the first network device Information, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device, the second network device being the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the terminal device may send the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, and the second network device may send the capability information corresponding to the first network device to the first network device, so that the first network device can also obtain the capability of the terminal device Information, you can determine whether the terminal device can support some new capabilities. For example, for the first sub-capability information, which may not be recognized by the second network device, the second network device may transparently transmit the first sub-capability information to the first network device without identifying the first sub-capability information.
  • the method further includes: the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, The request message is used to request the establishment of the SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device; the first network device receives the first message from the second network device, and the The first message is used to establish the SRB3 for the first network device.
  • the first network device may request the second network device to establish SRB3 for communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to establish SRB3, and the terminal device is more active.
  • the terminal device can initiate a request to the second network device, or the first network device can initiate a request to the second network device, which is more flexible.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives a request message from a second network device, the request message is used to request the first network device to be an auxiliary network device of the second network device,
  • the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices; the first network device sends a response message to the second network device, and the response message is used to instruct the first network device Agree that the first network device serves as the auxiliary network device of the second network device; the first network device receives second configuration information from the second network device, and the second configuration information is used to configure the first network device.
  • the network device is an auxiliary network device of the second network device.
  • the second network device can request the first network device, thereby forming a dual-connection structure.
  • a third communication method includes: a second network device determines that a terminal device can send auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, and the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices,
  • the first network device is the secondary network device of the at least two network devices, the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices;
  • the second network device is The device sends first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the method may be executed by a third communication device, and the third communication device may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the second network device determines that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, then the second network device can send the first configuration information to the terminal device so that the terminal device can clearly send the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • a network device sends auxiliary information. In this way, the terminal device can be made to clarify the corresponding behavior.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can be used at the time corresponding to the first time information.
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the range, or used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time No more auxiliary information is sent to the first network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information , Used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the method further includes: the second network device receives the auxiliary information, and the auxiliary information is information related to the second network device , Or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the terminal device may only send information related to the second network device in the auxiliary information to the second network device.
  • the terminal device may also send only the information related to the first network device in the auxiliary information to the first network device, that is, the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information corresponding to different network devices can be sent to the corresponding network devices respectively, so that the network devices can directly make decisions based on the received auxiliary information without distinguishing whether there is information corresponding to other network devices.
  • the terminal device may also send all the auxiliary information to the second network device, thereby reducing the interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device Information
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends to the first network device information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information.
  • the second network device can then send the information related to the first network device to the first network device , So that the first network device can also obtain the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the second network device receives a request message, the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device; the second network The device sends a first message, where the first message is used to establish SRB3 or is used to indicate refusal to establish SRB3.
  • the first network device may request the second network device to establish SRB3 for communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to establish SRB3, and the terminal device is more active.
  • the terminal device can initiate a request to the second network device, or the first network device can initiate a request to the second network device, that is, The request message received by the second network device may come from the terminal device or the first network device, which is relatively flexible.
  • the seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect In the second network device, before the second network device determines that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, it further includes: the ability of the second network device to receive the terminal device from the terminal device Information, the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and corresponding to the first network device and the first network device 2. The third sub-capability information of the network device.
  • determining that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 includes: the second network device determines that the terminal device can send the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 according to the capability information. The first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • the second network device can determine whether the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 according to the capability information of the terminal device, or the second network device can also determine whether the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 according to other factors Sending auxiliary information, for example, the second network device may periodically configure the terminal device to send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, etc., which is not specifically limited.
  • a fourth communication method includes: a terminal device sends a request message to a second network device, the request message is used to request establishment of SRB3 for communication between the terminal device and the first network device
  • the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, the first network device is a secondary network device in the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a primary network device in the at least two network devices
  • the terminal device receives the first message from the second network device; the terminal device establishes SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or according to the first message
  • a message is configured for SRB3 to communicate with the first network device, or it is determined that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message.
  • the method may be executed by a fourth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the terminal device or the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, so that SRB3 can be established when corresponding information needs to be transmitted, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3, so that the terminal device can actively establish SRB3. Strong sex.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, where the capability information includes Corresponding to the first sub-capability information of the first network device, the first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information further includes information corresponding to the The second sub-capability information of the second network device and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device.
  • the terminal device establishes a connection with the first message according to the first message.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the first network device or the second network device; the terminal device determines the location according to the first configuration information
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the first configuration information that the terminal device is able to communicate through the SRB3 After the first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, it further includes: the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3; or, the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends the auxiliary information, the auxiliary information includes information corresponding to the first network device, and the information corresponding to the first network device is transparently transmitted to the second network device The first network equipment.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes all The information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device.
  • the terminal device determines according to the first configuration information that the terminal device can communicate with the terminal device through the SRB3 After the first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, it further includes: the terminal device sends the second network device-related information in the auxiliary information to the second network device, or, through The SRB3 sends information related to the first network device in the auxiliary information to the first network device, or the terminal device sends the first network device in the auxiliary information to the second network device. 2. Information related to the network device, and sending the information related to the first network device in the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the The first configuration information also includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the terminal device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the first network device .
  • the The first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or, It is used to instruct the terminal device to stop sending the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination of them;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device.
  • the first message further carries second time information
  • the terminal device determines that the SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message, and further includes: According to the second time information carried in the first message, the terminal device determines that it cannot request the establishment of SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the second time information.
  • the second network device may carry the second time information in the first message to indicate that the terminal device cannot request the establishment of the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the second time information. In this way, it is possible to avoid frequent requests for establishment of SRB3 by the terminal device, and reduce the burden on the second network device.
  • a fifth communication method comprising: a first network device sends a request message to a second network device, the request message is used to request to establish communication between the first network device and the terminal device In SRB3, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, the first network device is the auxiliary network device of the at least two network devices, and the second network device is the Primary network device; said first network device receives a first message from said second network device; said first network device establishes SRB3 for communication with said terminal device according to said first message, or Configure the SRB3 used for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or determine that the SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message.
  • the method may be executed by a fifth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the terminal device or the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, so that SRB3 can be established when corresponding information needs to be transmitted, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3, so that the terminal device can actively establish SRB3. Strong sex.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the terminal device
  • the capability information includes the first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device, and the second network device is all The main network device among at least two network devices.
  • the first network device establishes a communication with the first network device according to the first message.
  • the method further includes: the first network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the terminal device through the SRB3
  • the first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: The first network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device.
  • the The first configuration information also includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the terminal device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the first network device .
  • the The first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or, It is used to instruct the terminal device to stop sending the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination of them;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect after the first network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3 , Further including: the first network device determines adjustment information according to the auxiliary information, the adjustment information is used to adjust the air interface parameters of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device; The SRB3 sends the adjustment information to the terminal device.
  • a sixth communication method includes: a second network device receives a request message, the request message being used to request establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device; The second network device sends a first message, and the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3, or to indicate refusal to establish SRB3.
  • the method may be executed by a sixth communication device, which may be a communication device or a communication device capable of supporting the communication device to implement the functions required by the method, such as a chip system.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the terminal device or the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, so that SRB3 can be established when corresponding information needs to be transmitted, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3, so that the terminal device can actively establish SRB3. Strong sex.
  • the request message received by the second network device may come from the terminal device or the first network device, which is more flexible.
  • the method further includes: the second network device receiving capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device, the capability information Including first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device Sub-capability information.
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends the first sub-capability information to all The first network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3, and the method further includes: the second network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate all
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate a configuration desired by the terminal device or service information of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can be Send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the first network device , No longer sending auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes the auxiliary The information of the at least one parameter corresponding to the information is used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the method further includes: the second network device receives the auxiliary information, where the auxiliary information is information related to the second network device, or The auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device Information
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends to the first network device information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • a first communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing first aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine that auxiliary information of the communication device can be sent to a first network device through SRB3, the communication device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is the at least two network devices Auxiliary network equipment in
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the communication device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the auxiliary information of the terminal device can be sent to the first network device through SRB3 in the following manner:
  • the communication apparatus can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the communication device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information; or,
  • the communication device determines whether the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device. It is determined according to the first time information that after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device, the communication device no longer sends the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that the at least one parameter can be sent to the first network device through the SRB3. Value.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3 after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the adjustment information is used for To adjust the configuration of the communication device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the communication device is the number of MIMO layers of the communication device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the communication device is the number of antenna ports of the communication device.
  • the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the communication device
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device
  • the application type of the communication device is the application type of the communication device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the communication device is the scheduling mode expected by the communication device.
  • the search space desired by the communication device is the search space desired by the communication device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the communication device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the communication device is the time slot format expected by the communication device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send capability information of the communication device to a second network device, where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, and the first sub-capability Information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information also includes second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and information corresponding to the first network device and For the third sub-capability information of the second network device, the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • a second communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation method of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the communication The device is an auxiliary network device among the at least two network devices.
  • the processing module is configured to determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device in the following manner:
  • auxiliary information from a second network device, where the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the terminal device's information to the communication device through the SRB3. Supplementary information.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device Information
  • the transceiver module is also used to send information related to the second network device included in the auxiliary information to the second network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can be
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the communication device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the communication device after sending the auxiliary information to the communication device. No auxiliary information is sent to the communication device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes the auxiliary The information of at least one parameter corresponding to the information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the communication apparatus.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the capability information of the terminal device includes the first sub-capability information corresponding to the communication device and The third sub-capability information of the communication device and the second network device, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • a third communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, and the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can be used at the time corresponding to the first time information.
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the range, or used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time No more auxiliary information is sent to the first network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information , Used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the communication device, or the auxiliary information includes the Information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3, or used to indicate rejection of establishment of SRB3.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the terminal device capability information from the terminal device before the processing module determines that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device via SRB3 ,
  • the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and corresponding to the first network device and the second The third sub-capability information of the network device.
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 in the following manner: determine, according to the capability information, that the terminal device can transmit to the first network device through SRB3 The device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • a fourth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fourth communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a request message to a second network device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the communication device and the first network device, and the communication device connects at least two networks Device, the first network device is a secondary network device of the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a primary network device of the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a first message from the second network device
  • the processing module is configured to establish SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message SRB3, or it is determined that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send capability information of the communication device to the second network device, where the capability information includes The first sub-capability information of the first network device, the first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information further includes information corresponding to the second network device The second sub-capability information of the network device and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive data from the first network device or the second network after the processing module establishes the SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message The first configuration information of the device;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine, according to the first configuration information, that the communication device can send auxiliary information of the communication device to the first network device through the SRB3, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the The desired configuration of the communication device or the service information of the communication device.
  • the processing module determines, according to the first configuration information, that the terminal device can communicate through the SRB3 After the first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • auxiliary information includes information corresponding to the first network device, and the information corresponding to the first network device is transparently transmitted through the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes all The information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device.
  • the processing module determines according to the first configuration information that the communication device is able to communicate through the SRB3 After the first network device sends the auxiliary information of the communication device, the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the The first configuration information also includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the communication device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the first network device .
  • the The first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the communication device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or, It is used to instruct the communication apparatus to no longer send auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the The auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination of them;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the communication device is the number of MIMO layers of the communication device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the communication device is the number of antenna ports of the communication device.
  • the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the communication device
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device
  • the application type of the communication device is the application type of the communication device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the communication device is the scheduling mode expected by the communication device.
  • the search space desired by the communication device is the search space desired by the communication device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the communication device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the communication device is the time slot format expected by the communication device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send to the first network device through the SRB3 After the auxiliary information, the adjustment information from the first network device is received through the SRB3, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the communication device.
  • the first message further carries second time information
  • the processing module is configured to determine that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message in the following manner : According to the second time information carried in the first message, it is determined that the establishment of SRB3 cannot be requested within the time range corresponding to the second time information.
  • a fifth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the fifth communication device as described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing fifth aspect or any possible implementation method of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a request message to a second network device, the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the communication device and a terminal device, and the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices,
  • the communication device is a secondary network device in the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a main network device in the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a first message from the second network device
  • the processing module is configured to establish SRB3 for communication with the terminal device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, Or it is determined according to the first message that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the capability of the terminal device
  • the information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device, and the second network device is the at least The main network device of the two network devices.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to perform the After a message establishes SRB3 for communication with the terminal device, first configuration information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate with the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • the apparatus sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to, after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, Receiving the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes information of at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the terminal device to send the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the communication device. value.
  • the first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the communication device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or , Used to instruct the terminal equipment to no longer send auxiliary information to the communication device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the communication device.
  • auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information after the transceiver module receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3, and the adjustment information is used to adjust the terminal device Air interface parameters or service information of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the adjustment information to the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • a sixth communication device is provided, for example, the communication device is the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device is configured to execute the foregoing sixth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a request message, the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the processing module is used to determine to establish SRB3, or configure SRB3, or refuse to establish SRB3;
  • the transceiver module is also used to send a first message, the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3, or to indicate refusal to establish SRB3.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device, and the capability information includes corresponding The first sub-capability information of the first network device, the second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device information.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the first sub-capability information to the second A network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3
  • the transceiver module is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate all
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate a configuration desired by the terminal device or service information of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or used to indicate that the terminal device is sending the auxiliary information to the first network device After the information, no auxiliary information is sent to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes The information of the at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information is used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the communication device, or the auxiliary information includes the first configuration information.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device Information
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • a seventh communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the method described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to determine that the auxiliary information of the communication device can be sent to a first network device through SRB3, the communication device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is the at least two network devices Auxiliary network equipment in
  • the transceiver is configured to send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the configuration desired by the communication device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the processor is configured to determine that the auxiliary information of the terminal device can be sent to the first network device through SRB3 in the following manner:
  • the communication apparatus can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the communication device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information; or,
  • the communication device determines whether the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device. It is determined according to the first time information that after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device, the communication device no longer sends the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that the SRB3 can send the first network device to the first network device. The value of at least one parameter.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3 after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, so The adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the communication device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the communication device is the number of MIMO layers of the communication device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the communication device is the number of antenna ports of the communication device.
  • the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the communication device
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device
  • the application type of the communication device is the application type of the communication device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the communication device is the scheduling mode expected by the communication device.
  • the search space desired by the communication device is the search space desired by the communication device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the communication device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the communication device is the time slot format expected by the communication device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send capability information of the communication device to a second network device, where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, and The first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information also includes second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device and corresponding to the first network device. Third sub-capability information of a network device and the second network device, where the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • an eighth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second communication device as described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the method described in the foregoing second aspect or various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is used to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the communication The device is an auxiliary network device among the at least two network devices.
  • the processor is configured to determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver is also configured to send the adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device in the following manner:
  • auxiliary information from a second network device, where the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send all the information to the communication device through the SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal equipment is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and the second network device Related information, the transceiver, is further configured to send information related to the second network device included in the auxiliary information to the second network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can Send the auxiliary information to the communication device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or for instructing the terminal equipment to send the auxiliary information to the communication device, No further auxiliary information is sent to the communication device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes The information of the at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the communication apparatus.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the capability information of the terminal device includes the first sub-capability information corresponding to the communication device, And third sub-capability information corresponding to the communication device and the second network device, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver is further used for:
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • a ninth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned third communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the foregoing third aspect or various possible designs of the third aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the processor is configured to determine that a terminal device can send auxiliary information of the terminal device to a first network device through SRB3, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can correspond to the first time information
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range, or used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary information to the first network device after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device. No more auxiliary information is sent to the first network device within time.
  • the first configuration information further includes at least one corresponding to the auxiliary information
  • the parameter information is used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the communication device, or the auxiliary information
  • the information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device Information
  • the transceiver is also used to send the information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3, or used to indicate rejection of establishment of SRB3.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive the terminal device from the terminal device before the processor determines that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 Device capability information, the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and corresponding to the first network device and The third sub-capability information of the second network device.
  • the processor is configured to determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 in the following manner: determine according to the capability information that the terminal device can send the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 The first network device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • a tenth communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the foregoing fourth aspect or various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is configured to send a request message to a second network device, where the request message is used to request establishment of SRB3 for communication between the communication device and the first network device, and the communication device connects at least two networks Device, the first network device is a secondary network device of the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a primary network device of the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive the first message from the second network device;
  • the processor is configured to establish SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message SRB3, or it is determined that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send capability information of the communication device to the second network device, where the capability information includes Corresponding to the first sub-capability information of the first network device, the first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information further includes information corresponding to the The second sub-capability information of the second network device and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive data from the first network device or the second network device after the processor establishes the SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message The first configuration information of the device;
  • the processor is further configured to determine, according to the first configuration information, that the communication device can send auxiliary information of the communication device to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the The desired configuration of the communication device or the service information of the communication device.
  • the processor determines according to the first configuration information that the terminal device can pass through the After the SRB3 sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device, the transceiver is further configured to:
  • auxiliary information includes information corresponding to the first network device, and the information corresponding to the first network device is transparently transmitted through the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information Including information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the processor determines according to the first configuration information that the communication device can pass through the After the SRB3 sends the auxiliary information of the communication device to the first network device, the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the first configuration information further includes information of at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the communication device to send the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the first network device The value of.
  • the first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the communication device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information , Or, used to instruct the communication apparatus to no longer send auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • auxiliary information includes one or any combination of the following;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the communication device is the number of MIMO layers of the communication device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the communication device is the number of antenna ports of the communication device.
  • the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the communication device
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the communication device
  • the application type of the communication device is the application type of the communication device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the communication device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the communication device is the scheduling mode expected by the communication device.
  • the search space desired by the communication device is the search space desired by the communication device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the communication device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the communication device is the time slot format expected by the communication device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to communicate to the first network through the SRB3 After sending the auxiliary information, the device receives adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the communication device.
  • the first message further carries second time information
  • the processor is configured to determine that the establishment cannot be established according to the first message in the following manner SRB3: According to the second time information carried in the first message, it is determined that the establishment of SRB3 cannot be requested within the time range corresponding to the second time information.
  • an eleventh communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the fifth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the fifth aspect or various possible designs of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is configured to send a request message to a second network device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the communication device and a terminal device, and the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices,
  • the communication device is a secondary network device in the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a main network device in the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive the first message from the second network device;
  • the processor is configured to establish SRB3 used for communication with the terminal device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 used for communication with the first network device according to the first message, Or it is determined according to the first message that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, and the capability of the terminal device
  • the information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device, and the second network device is the at least The main network device of the two network devices.
  • the transceiver is further configured to be used in the processor according to the first possible implementation manner.
  • first configuration information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate with the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • the apparatus sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to, after sending first configuration information to the terminal device, Receiving the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes information of at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, and is used to instruct the terminal device to send the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary station information to the communication device. value.
  • the first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the communication device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or , Used to instruct the terminal equipment to no longer send auxiliary information to the communication device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the communication device.
  • auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information after the transceiver module receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3, and the adjustment information is used to adjust the terminal device Air interface parameters or service information of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the adjustment information to the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • a twelfth communication device is provided, and the communication device is, for example, the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are coupled with each other to implement the methods described in the sixth aspect or various possible designs of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip set in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip. It is connected with the radio frequency transceiving component in the communication equipment to realize the information transmission and reception through the radio frequency transceiving component. among them,
  • the transceiver is configured to receive a request message, the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the processor is configured to determine to establish SRB3, or configure SRB3, or refuse to establish SRB3;
  • the transceiver is also used to send a first message, where the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3, or to indicate refusal to establish SRB3.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device, and the capability information includes corresponding The first sub-capability information of the first network device, the second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device information.
  • the transceiver is further configured to send the first sub-capability information to the first sub-capability information A network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3
  • the transceiver is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate all
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate a configuration desired by the terminal device or service information of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information, or used to indicate that the terminal device is sending the auxiliary information to the first network device After the information, no auxiliary information is sent to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes The information of the at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information is used to instruct the terminal device to specifically send the value of the at least one parameter when sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the communication device, or the auxiliary information includes the first configuration information.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the communication device Information
  • the transceiver is also used to send the information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • a thirteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the first communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the thirteenth communication device executes the first aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the thirteenth communication device may also include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the thirteenth communication device If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twentieth aspect provides a fourteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the second communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fourteenth communication device executes the second aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the fourteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the first network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first The fourteen types of communication devices are chips arranged in the first network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a fifteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the third communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device executes the foregoing third aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the third aspect.
  • the fifteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the second network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first Fifteen kinds of communication devices are chips arranged in the second network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-second aspect provides a sixteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the fourth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the sixteenth communication device executes the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the fourth aspect.
  • the sixteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the sixteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver in a terminal device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the sixteenth If the communication device is a chip set in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-third aspect provides a seventeenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the fifth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the network device is a first network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the seventeenth communication device executes the fifth aspect or the method in any one of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect.
  • the seventeenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface, which may be the transceiver in the first network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first
  • the seventeen kinds of communication devices are chips provided in the first network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • the twenty-fourth aspect provides an eighteenth communication device.
  • the communication device may be the sixth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip set in a network device.
  • the network device is a second network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program codes; and a processor, which is coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the eighteenth communication device executes the method in the sixth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect.
  • the eighteenth type of communication device may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver in the second network device, for example, implemented by the antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or if the first Eighteen kinds of communication devices are chips arranged in the second network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a first communication system may include the first communication device described in the seventh aspect, the seventh communication device described in the thirteenth aspect, or the nineteenth aspect
  • the thirteenth communication device includes the second communication device described in the eighth aspect, the eighth communication device described in the fourteenth aspect, or the fourteenth communication device described in the twentieth aspect, and includes the first
  • a second communication system may include the fourth communication device described in the tenth aspect, the tenth communication device described in the sixteenth aspect, or the twenty-first aspect
  • the sixteenth communication device described in the eleventh aspect, the fifth communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, or the seventeenth communication device described in the twenty-second aspect And includes the sixth communication device described in the twelfth aspect, the twelfth communication device described in the eighteenth aspect, or the eighteenth communication device described in the twenty-fourth aspect.
  • the first communication system and the second communication system may be the same communication system, or they may be different communication systems.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the possibilities of the first aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the possibilities of the second aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the third aspect or any one of the possibilities of the third aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the fourth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the fourth aspect. The method described in.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the first aspects. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the second aspect or the second aspect described above. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the third aspect or any one of the third aspects. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any one of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect. The method described in the design.
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device as the auxiliary network device through SRB3, and the auxiliary network device can also obtain the auxiliary information of the terminal device, so that the auxiliary network device can communicate with the terminal device.
  • the corresponding configuration will not cause the terminal device to release the connection with the auxiliary network device, thereby helping to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of the control plane under the 3X architecture
  • Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of the data plane/user plane under the 3X architecture
  • Figure 2A is a schematic diagram of a secondary base station that can also send RRC signaling to terminal equipment under the EN-DC architecture;
  • Figure 2B is a schematic diagram of a secondary base station that can also send RRC signaling to terminal equipment under the NR-NR DC architecture;
  • 3 to 6B are schematic diagrams of several application scenarios of the embodiments of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic block diagram of the first terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a first type of first network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic block diagram of the first type of first network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a first type of second network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic block diagram of the first type of second network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic block diagram of a second type of terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of first network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic block diagram of a second type of first network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a second type of second network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is another schematic block diagram of a second type of second network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 23 is still another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, such as handheld devices with wireless connection functions, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) Terminal equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal) , User agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • subscriber station subscriber station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote station
  • access point access point
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, and computer-built mobile devices.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • the wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • vehicle-mounted terminal equipment for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • Network equipment such as access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), may refer to equipment that communicates with wireless terminal equipment through one or more cells on the air interface in the access network
  • AN access network
  • base station e.g., access point
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting vehicle-to-everything (V2X) applications, and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • the access network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the access network equipment may include the LTE system or the evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in the long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include 5G NR
  • the next generation node B (gNB) in the system may also include the centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (CU) in the cloud radio access network (Cloud RAN) system.
  • unit, DU the embodiment of this application is not limited.
  • the network equipment may also include core network equipment, but because the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application mainly involve access network equipment, in the following text, unless otherwise specified, the “network equipment” described below is all Refers to the access network equipment.
  • the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two network devices.
  • This access method is called DC, where one network device is the main network device and the other network device is the auxiliary network device.
  • DC This access method
  • LTE is also called evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA)
  • E-UTRA evolved universal terrestrial radio access
  • this access method is called EN-DC.
  • EN-DC In the EN-DC mode, the LTE network equipment is the main network equipment, and the NR network equipment is the auxiliary network equipment.
  • NR E-UTRA dual connectivity NR E-UTRA dual connectivity
  • NE-DC NR network equipment is the main network equipment
  • LTE network equipment is the auxiliary network equipment.
  • NR-NR DC can also be formed, that is, the main network device and the auxiliary network device are both NR network devices.
  • the DC modes of EN-DC including EN-DC connecting 4G core network EN-DC and 5G core network
  • NE-DC and NR-NR DC are collectively referred to as MR-DC.
  • the capability of the terminal device can also be understood as the access capability of the terminal device, which can be reflected by the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the capability information of the terminal device may also be referred to as UE capability information, or may also be referred to as UE access capability (access capability).
  • the capability information of the terminal device includes, for example: Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) parameters, physical layer parameters, radio frequency parameters, measurement parameters, etc., where the radio frequency capability may include the band combination supported by the terminal device.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • Frequency band combination refers to the frequency bands in which terminal equipment can work simultaneously and the combination of carriers on these frequency bands.
  • the foregoing capability parameters or capability information are exemplary capability parameters or capability information, and the capability information of the terminal device may include one or more of the foregoing capability parameters and one or more of the foregoing capability information, specifically complete capability information The embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
  • the capability information sent by the terminal device to the network device may include capability information of multiple wireless access technologies of the terminal device. Among them, if a terminal device supports a wireless access technology, it will have capability information corresponding to the wireless access technology.
  • the capability information is the capability information of the wireless access technology of the terminal device, or understood as the terminal device.
  • the capability information of a wireless access technology is the capability information that a terminal device has when working under a wireless access technology. Or, the capability information of a wireless access technology of the terminal device can also be described as the capability information of the terminal device under a wireless access technology.
  • wireless access technologies include: NR, LTE, LTE-NR, UMTS terrestrial radio access (UTRA), enhanced data rate GSM evolution radio access network (GSM EDGE radio access network, At least one of GERAN) and code division multiple access (CDMA) 2000-1XRTT, and may also include other wireless access technologies.
  • LTE-NR capabilities include the capabilities supported on the LTE side and the NR side when the terminal equipment works using LTE technology and NR technology at the same time.
  • At least one means one or more, and "plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a).
  • at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • first and second are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or order of multiple objects. Importance.
  • first information and the second information are only for distinguishing different signaling, but do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or importance of the two types of information.
  • the LTE system provides better coverage.
  • NSA non-standalone
  • NR base stations can provide Hotspot services on the data plane.
  • the connected core network is an evolved packet core (EPC).
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • FIG. 1A shows the control plane structure of the 3X architecture.
  • the mobility management entity MME
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the master node MN
  • the master node Understand as the main base station.
  • the master base station is a master eNB (master eNB, MeNB), and the MeNB transmits control signaling between the gNB as a secondary node (secondary node, SN) through the X2 interface.
  • secondary node can be understood as a secondary base station.
  • FIG. 1B shows the data plane structure of the 3X architecture.
  • the serving gateway (S-GW) is the gateway unit in the core network. Compared with eNB, gNB has more powerful air interface capability. Therefore, on the data plane, S-GW directly connects to gNB through S1-U interface to send data to gNB, and gNB connects to MeNB through X2 interface, so that it can be connected from S -The data received by the GW is transmitted to the MeNB.
  • NR-NR DC NR-NR DC
  • the control plane is under the primary base station, and the secondary base station mainly works on the data plane.
  • the primary base station can also configure SRB3 for the secondary base station, so that the secondary base station can also perform some corresponding configurations on the terminal device through the SRB3.
  • secondary base stations can generally perform measurement configuration, media access control (MAC) layer configuration, radio link control (RLC) layer configuration, and physical layer (PHY) for terminal equipment through SRB3.
  • MAC media access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the configuration of the RLF timer means that if the terminal device considers that the radio link with the secondary base station fails (for example, the terminal device does not receive a data packet from the secondary base station when the timer expires), the terminal device can Send failure message.
  • the terminal device may also send failure information (failure information), measurement reports, or radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) reconfiguration complete messages to the secondary base station through SRB3.
  • the failure information is, for example, that the terminal device fails to verify the integrity of the data packet from the secondary base station, and the failure information may be sent to the secondary base station through SRB3.
  • the LTE base station as the primary base station can send RRC messages to the terminal device through the Uu interface.
  • the primary base station can also interact with the NR base station as the secondary base station through the X2 interface.
  • SRB3 can be established for the secondary base station, and the secondary base station can also send RRC messages to the terminal device through the Uu interface.
  • the interface between the main base station and the core network device is the S1 interface.
  • the NR base station as the primary base station can send RRC messages to the terminal device through the Uu interface.
  • the primary base station can also interact with another NR base station as a secondary base station through the X2 interface.
  • an SRB3 can be established for the secondary base station, and the secondary base station can also send RRC messages to the terminal device through the Uu interface.
  • the interface between the main base station and the core network device is an NG-C interface.
  • the LTE base station as the main base station can send configuration to the terminal device through SRB1, for example, configure the terminal device to report the auxiliary information of the terminal device to help the LTE base station understand the status of the terminal device according to the auxiliary information of the terminal device. So as to better dispatch terminal equipment.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device includes, for example, the overheating information of the terminal device.
  • the overheating information includes, for example, the terminal device tends to reduce the number of uplink and downlink auxiliary cells of the terminal device, or the set of uplink and downlink capabilities that the terminal device tends to.
  • the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the LTE base station, so that the LTE base station can instruct the terminal device to release some resources when the terminal device overheats.
  • the terminal device can only send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the LTE base station as the main base station, and the LTE base station can make a decision after receiving the auxiliary information of the terminal device. For example, if the terminal device sends overheating information to the LTE base station, then a decision that the LTE base station may make is to make the terminal device release the connection with the NR base station as the secondary base station, so that the terminal device works in a single-connection structure under. After the terminal device works in a single-connection structure, it can only receive data from the LTE base station, but can no longer receive data from the NR base station. This will affect the throughput of the terminal equipment.
  • the NR base station receives data directly from the core network.
  • the NR base station has a large amount of data, and the air interface capability of the NR base station is strong. If the terminal equipment and the NR base station are connected With connection, the terminal equipment can receive a large amount of data from the NR base station. However, if the terminal device releases the NR base station, the terminal device can only receive data from the LTE base station. Obviously, for the terminal device, the transmission performance decreases significantly.
  • the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the network device has not yet been discussed.
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device as the auxiliary network device through SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information can include the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the auxiliary network device can also obtain the terminal device.
  • the overheating information of the device so that the auxiliary network device can configure the terminal device accordingly, so as not to release the connection between the terminal device and the auxiliary network device, thereby helping to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
  • the application scenario of the embodiment of this application is that the terminal device works in a dual connection mode, for example, the EN-DC mode or the NR-NR DC mode.
  • the terminal device is simultaneously connected to the main network device and the auxiliary network device in the dual connection mode.
  • the main network device and the auxiliary network device can be deployed on the same site, as shown in Figure 3, Figure 4A and Figure 4B.
  • 4A and 4B are schematic diagrams of the hardware structure of the network equipment and the terminal equipment. The difference is whether the terminal equipment uses the same set of transceivers or different transceivers for LTE and NR.
  • the main network device and the auxiliary network device may also be deployed on different sites, as shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, and FIG. 6B.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the network equipment and the terminal equipment.
  • the main network equipment and the auxiliary network equipment can share the same set of hardware equipment, as shown in Figure 4A or Figure 4B, the main network equipment and the auxiliary network equipment share part
  • the schematic diagram of the hardware device, in Figure 4A or Figure 4B, the main network device and the auxiliary network device can share the transceiver.
  • the main network device and the auxiliary network device may also use different hardware devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method. Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a flowchart of this method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in any one of FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B as an example.
  • the method can be executed by three communication devices, such as the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device.
  • the first communication device can be a network device or can support a network device to implement the The communication device with the functions required by the method, or the first communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the functions required by the method, and of course it may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, of course It may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the third communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the third communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required functions can of course also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. And there are no restrictions on the implementation of the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a network device
  • the second communication device is a network device
  • the third communication device is a terminal device.
  • the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device are all network devices, or the first communication device, the second communication device, and the third communication device are all terminal devices, or the first communication device is a network device.
  • the second communication device is a network device
  • the third communication device is a chip system that can support the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and so on.
  • the network equipment is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is executed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, it is assumed that the first communication device is a network device (hereinafter also referred to as the first network device) and the second communication device is a network device.
  • the device (hereinafter also referred to as the second network device) and the third communication device are terminal devices as an example.
  • the terminal device described below may be The terminal device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the first network device described below may be an auxiliary network device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the second network device described may be the main network device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the main network device is an LTE network device and the auxiliary network device is an NR network device, or if it is an NR-NR DC architecture, the main network device and the auxiliary network device are both NR network devices.
  • the terminal device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, and the second network device receives the capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device.
  • the capability information of the terminal device may include first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device information.
  • the first sub-capability information is the NR capability information of the terminal device
  • the second sub-capability information is the LTE capability information of the terminal device
  • the third sub-capability information is the EN-DC capability information of the terminal device.
  • the EN-DC capability information of the terminal device may refer to the combination of the capability information of the terminal device under the EN-DC.
  • the combination of capability information described here is used to express the combined capabilities supported by the terminal device when the wireless access technologies corresponding to the two network devices work simultaneously.
  • the first capability information includes a combination of capability information It can be band combination 1 and band combination 2.
  • NR network equipment can support some new capabilities or features, such as power saving capabilities.
  • the version of the terminal device is also constantly evolving.
  • the version (Rel) 16 terminal device can also support these new features.
  • These features require the cooperation of terminal equipment and NR network equipment to function.
  • the NR network can configure the terminal equipment to report relevant information for the new feature, and then the terminal equipment can send relevant information about the new feature to the NR network equipment.
  • the terminal device can only send auxiliary information to the main network device, but not to the auxiliary network device.
  • the main network device is an LTE network device.
  • a new feature may also be referred to as a new capability.
  • the terminal device may send the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, and the capability information of the terminal device may include information about some new capabilities supported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the first sub-capability information, the second sub-capability information, and the third sub-capability information to the second network device.
  • the first sub-capability information corresponds to the first network device
  • the third sub-capability information is also related to the first network device. Therefore, the second network device can combine the first sub-capability information with the third sub-capability information.
  • the first network device can receive the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information from the second network device, so that the first network device obtains the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the first network device and the second network device are in the same communication system, such as in the case of NR-NR DC
  • the first sub-capability information and the second sub-capability information are the same capability information, which means that the terminal device only sends the first
  • the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information are sent to the second network device, and the second network device sends the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information to the first network device.
  • S701 shown in FIG. 7 includes a process in which the terminal device sends capability information to the second network device, and a process in which the second network device sends the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information to the first network device.
  • the second network device does not support the first sub-capability information, and therefore may not be able to identify the first sub-capability information, so in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device may be the first sub-capability The information is identified by the identification, so that the second network device only needs to transparently transmit the first sub-capability information to the first network device without identification.
  • the terminal device may add an identifier to the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information, and the identifier is used to indicate the first network device so that the second network device receives the first sub-capability information, the second sub-capability information, and the third sub-capability information.
  • the terminal device realizes the reporting of capability information, and also enables the first network device to learn some new capability information supported by the terminal device, so that the first network device can interact with the terminal device regarding these new capabilities , Enabling terminal equipment to enjoy the technological improvements brought about by new capabilities.
  • the first network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information from the first network device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the second network device can send both the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information to the first network device, and then the first network device receives the first sub-capability information After adding the third sub-capability information, the capability of the terminal device can be determined. For example, if the first network device thinks that the terminal device has some new capabilities supported by the first network device, the first network device may send configuration information to the terminal device to configure the terminal device to send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. For example, the first network device may send configuration information to the terminal device through SRB3, and the terminal device receives the configuration information from the first network device through SRB3.
  • SRB3 cannot transmit the auxiliary information of the terminal device, but the embodiment of this application enables SRB3 to transmit the auxiliary information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device, so that the first network
  • the device can configure the terminal device accordingly.
  • the terminal device can send the overheating information to the first network device, so that the first network device can configure the terminal device to release corresponding resources without causing the terminal device to release the connection with the first network device, thereby ensuring the terminal device Throughput, improve the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • the configuration information may also include first time information.
  • the configuration information includes first information and first time information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the first time information is, for example, timer information, or information at the first moment, or information at the first time length, or the like.
  • the first time information may be used to indicate that the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range indicated by the first time information. This also indicates that the first time information implicitly indicates that outside the time range indicated by the first time information, the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. This is equivalent to adding a time limit for the terminal device to send auxiliary information via SRB3, and the terminal device can only send auxiliary information to the first network device via SRB3 within a specified time. This method is convenient for the second network device to manage.
  • the first time information is timer information. Then the terminal device can start the timer after receiving the configuration information. Before the timer expires, the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, and when the timer expires and after the timer expires, the terminal device cannot communicate to the first network device through SRB3. The first network device sends auxiliary information. Or, the first time information is information at the first time. Then, the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 from receiving the configuration information until the first moment arrives, and after the first moment arrives, the terminal device can no longer send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 information. Or, the first time information is information of the first time length.
  • the terminal device can start timing from receiving the configuration information, and can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the end of the first duration arrives, and after the end of the first duration arrives, the terminal device can no longer Send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the first time information may be used to indicate that after the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, it cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range indicated by the first time information.
  • the first time information implicitly indicates that after the terminal device sends the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, outside the time range indicated by the first time information, the terminal device can send to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the network device sends auxiliary information. In this way, it is possible to prevent the terminal device from frequently sending auxiliary information to the first network device, and reduce the burden on the first network device.
  • the first time information is timer information. Then the terminal device can start the timer after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. Before the timer expires, the terminal device cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, and when the timer expires and times out After that, the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. Or, the first time information is information at the first time. Then the terminal device cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the first time comes after the completion of sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, and after the first time comes, the terminal device can pass through SRB3 sends auxiliary information to the first network device. Or, the first time information is information of the first time length.
  • the terminal device can start timing after the completion of sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, and cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the end of the first time period. After the end time arrives, the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the configuration information may also include information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information.
  • the configuration information includes first information and at least one parameter information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the configuration information can indicate which parameter information is included in the reported auxiliary information. For example, for terminal devices with power saving and overheating characteristics, the configuration information only indicates to report information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information related to power saving, or report information about overheating.
  • the auxiliary information may be classified.
  • the auxiliary information includes first type information and second type information.
  • the first type of information is, for example, information related to overheating
  • the second type of information is, for example, information related to power saving.
  • the configuration information may include a bitmap.
  • the bitmap includes, for example, 2 bits, and the 2 bits correspond to two types of information included in the auxiliary information in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the bitmap includes 2 bits, where the low-order bits correspond to the first type of information, and the high-order bits correspond to the second type of information. Then, if the value of these 2 bits is "11", it indicates that at least one parameter includes a parameter corresponding to the first type of information and a parameter corresponding to the second type of information, and the terminal device needs to send the first type of information when sending auxiliary information.
  • the configuration information may also indicate that only certain parameter information in the characteristic is reported, or it may indicate which parameter information needs to be reported in a form similar to a bit mapping.
  • the configuration information may include first information, and may also include at least one of first time information or at least one parameter information.
  • the configuration information includes first information, or the configuration information includes first information and first time information, or the configuration information includes first information and at least one parameter information, or the configuration information includes first information, first time Information and at least one parameter information.
  • the first network device sends configuration information to the terminal device as an example, or, it is also possible that the second network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, that is, the following S703.
  • the second network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information from the second network device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • S702 and S703 can choose one of them to execute, and which one to execute can be stipulated by agreement.
  • the second network device may determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 according to the capability information of the terminal device, then the second network device may send configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the second network device may also determine based on other factors that the terminal device can send auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the second network device may also periodically configure the terminal device to send the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device, etc. does not limit the manner in which the second network device determines whether the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the configuration information sent by the second network device to the terminal device may also include some other configurations of the main network device to the terminal device, which are not specifically limited.
  • the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, and the first network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through SRB3.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the configuration information, it can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device includes, for example, the desired configuration of the terminal device, or includes the service information of the terminal device, or includes the desired configuration of the terminal device and the service information of the terminal device.
  • the service information of the terminal device for example, includes the parameters of the service being performed by the terminal device, such as the type of service being performed by the terminal device or the bandwidth required by the service.
  • the configuration expected by the terminal device is, for example, the air interface configuration expected by the terminal device, such as the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device may include one or any combination of the following:
  • MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal equipment is the number of antenna ports of the terminal equipment.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • Discontinuous reception connected-discontinuous reception, C-DRX
  • C-DRX connected-discontinuous reception
  • BWP Bandwidth part
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the search space expected by the terminal device is the search space expected by the terminal device
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal equipment or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal equipment, the number of antenna ports of the terminal equipment, the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the terminal equipment, or the bandwidth of each secondary cell corresponding to the terminal equipment, etc. can all be used as the overheating information of the terminal equipment .
  • the auxiliary information of the terminal device may also include other information, or the auxiliary information of the terminal device may not include any of the above items, but may include other information. There are no restrictions.
  • the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 within the time range indicated by the first time information
  • the terminal device can The auxiliary information is sent to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range indicated by the information, and the terminal device cannot send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 outside the time range indicated by the first time information.
  • the terminal device is executing After S704, within the time range indicated by the first time information, the auxiliary information cannot be sent to the first network device through SRB3, but outside the time range indicated by the first time information, the terminal device can still send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 Supplementary information.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device to the network device in S704 may be the value of the at least one parameter.
  • At least one parameter includes the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device, the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device, the number of antenna ports of the terminal device, and the scheduling format expected by the terminal device
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device to the network device in S704 is Including the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device, the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device, the number of antenna ports of the terminal device, and the scheduling format expected by the terminal device.
  • the first network device can obtain the required auxiliary information, so as to better configure the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device to the first network device may only include information related to the first network device, but not information related to the second network device, or may also include information related to the first network device and the first network device. 2.
  • Information related to network equipment For example, the first network device may notify the terminal device in advance to send only the information related to the first network device to the first network device; or notify the terminal device that if the terminal device sends the information related to the second network device to the first network device, then The first network device will ignore it; or notify the terminal device that if the terminal device sends information related to the second network device to the first network device, the first network device will wait for negotiation with the second network device.
  • the first network device may also notify the terminal device in advance to send the information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device to the first network device.
  • whether the terminal device sends the information related to the first network device to the first network device, or sends the information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device can also be stipulated by the agreement.
  • the terminal device wants to send the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device to the network device, what is sent is the number of secondary cells corresponding to the first network device and the number of secondary cells corresponding to the second network device. For example, if the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device sent by the terminal device to the network device is 10, the 10 secondary cells may include the secondary cell corresponding to the first network device and the secondary cell corresponding to the second network device. If the terminal device sends such auxiliary information to the first network device, since the second network device is involved, the first network device may not have scheduling decision-making power. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may only send information related to the first network device to the first network device. For example, the terminal device may only send the number of secondary cells corresponding to the first network device to the first network device. Thus, the first network device can make a decision.
  • the terminal device sends the information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device to the first network device through SRB3
  • the first network device is receiving the information related to the first network device and the information related to the second network device.
  • the information related to the second network device can be sent to the second network device, and the second network device can receive the information related to the second network device from the first network device. Therefore, the terminal device does not need to send the information related to the second network device to the second network device, reducing the interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 as an example, or it is also possible that the terminal device may also send the auxiliary information to the second network device, refer to S705.
  • the second network device of the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, and the second network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device.
  • S704 and S705 can be executed by selecting one of them. Which one to execute can be specified by the agreement, for example, S704 can be executed when SRB3 exists, and S705 can be executed when SRB3 does not exist.
  • S703 if S703 is executed, S704 or S705 can be executed, or if S702 is executed, S704 or S705 can be executed similarly.
  • the terminal device may send auxiliary information to the second network device through SRB1.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device to the second network device may only include information related to the second network device, but not information related to the first network device, or may also include information related to the first network device and the second network device. Related information.
  • the second network device can send the information related to the first network device to the first network device, and the first network device can receive the information related to the first network device from the second network device, thereby The first network device can obtain the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • S705 in FIG. 7 includes a process in which the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the second network device, and also includes a process in which the second network device sends auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the second network device sends auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the information may be auxiliary information corresponding to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send the information related to the second network device to the second network device, and can send the information related to the first network device to the first network device through SRB3, which is equivalent to that the terminal device can separate different network devices.
  • the relevant auxiliary information is sent to the corresponding network device without the need to forward the auxiliary information between the network devices; alternatively, the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device, and the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and the second network
  • the first network device sends the information related to the second network device to the second network device; or the terminal device can send auxiliary information to the second network device, and the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device.
  • the information is related to the second network device, and the second network device sends the information related to the first network device to the first network device.
  • the terminal device only needs to interact with one network device, which reduces the interaction process between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the first network device sends adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3, and the terminal device receives the adjustment information from the first network device through SRB3.
  • the first network device may determine how to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the auxiliary information. For example, if the auxiliary information includes the time slot format expected by the terminal device, the first network device may configure the time slot format for the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how the first network device determines the adjustment information according to the auxiliary information. Alternatively, the first network device may also determine the adjustment information according to other factors, and the specific adjustment information is not limited.
  • the first network device may send adjustment information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may adjust the configuration of the terminal device after receiving the adjustment information.
  • SRB3 has been established between the first network device and the terminal device.
  • the SRB3 between the first network device and the terminal device may be actively established by the second network device, or it is also possible that the terminal device or the first network device may also actively request the establishment of SRB3.
  • the first network device determines that it can interact with the terminal device through SRB3, for example, the first network device is determined based on the capability information of the terminal device (for example, including the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information) or other factors. Some interactions can be performed with the terminal device through the SRB3, and the first network device can send a request message to the second network device.
  • the request message is used to request the establishment of the SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device.
  • the second network device can decide whether to establish SRB3 for the first network device and the terminal device. After that, the second network device can send a first message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message can be used for establishing SRB3, or the first message can be used for Configure SRB3, or the first message may also indicate that SRB3 cannot be established. Then, if the first message is used to establish SRB3, the first network device can establish SRB3 according to the first message, or if the first message is used to configure SRB3, the first network device can configure SRB3 according to the first message, and " "Establish SRB3" and "Configure SRB3" can be understood as the same meaning. After SRB3 is established, the above S702 ⁇ S705 can be executed. Or, if the first message is used to indicate that the SRB3 cannot be established, the first network device may determine that the SRB3 cannot be established, and the above S702 to S705 cannot be performed.
  • the establishment of SRB3 is requested, and this operation can also be performed by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send a request message to the second network device to request to establish a connection with the first network device.
  • SRB3 For example, if the terminal device determines that the terminal device can exchange some new capability information with the first network device according to the capability information of the terminal device, the terminal device can send a request message to the second network device to request to establish a connection with the first network device. SRB3.
  • the second network device can decide whether to establish SRB3 for the first network device and the terminal device.
  • the second network device can send a first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message can be used to establish SRB3, or the first message can be used to configure SRB3, or ,
  • the first message may also indicate that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the terminal device can establish SRB3 according to the first message, or if the first message is used to configure SRB3, the terminal device can configure SRB3 according to the first message, and "establish SRB3" and "Configure SRB3" can be understood as the same meaning.
  • the above S702 ⁇ S705 can be executed.
  • the terminal device can determine that SRB3 cannot be established, and the above S702 to S705 cannot be performed.
  • the first message can also carry second time information.
  • the information may indicate that it is forbidden to request the establishment of SRB3 within the time range indicated by the second time information. It is equivalent to that the second network device instructs the first network device through the second time information, and within the time range indicated by the second time information, do not request to establish SRB3 again. In this way, the first network device can avoid frequent communication to the second network.
  • the device initiates a request to reduce the burden on the second network device.
  • the second time information is timer information. Then the terminal device can start the timer after receiving the first message. Before the timer expires, the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. When the timer expires and after the timer expires, the terminal device can pass SRB3 Send auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the first time information is information at the first time. Then the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 from receiving the first message until the first moment arrives, and after the first moment arrives, the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 again Supplementary information.
  • the first time information is information of the first time length. Then the terminal device can start timing from receiving the first message, and cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the end time of the first duration arrives, and after the end time of the first duration arrives, the terminal device can Then send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the second network device may send a request message to the first network device, and the first network device may receive a request message from the second network device.
  • the request message is used to request the first network device to serve as the auxiliary network device of the second network device.
  • the first network device may send a response message to the second network device, and the second network device may receive a response message from the first network device.
  • the response message is used to instruct the first network device to agree to the first network device As the auxiliary network device of the second network device, or used to indicate that the first network device does not agree with the first network device as the auxiliary network device of the second network device. Then, if the response message is used to instruct the first network device to agree to the first network device as the auxiliary network device of the second network device, the second network device may send second configuration information to the first network device for configuring the first network device.
  • the network device serves as the auxiliary network device of the second network device, so that the first network device and the second network device can form a dual-connection structure.
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device as the auxiliary network device through SRB3.
  • the auxiliary information can include the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the auxiliary network device can also obtain the terminal device.
  • the overheating information of the device so that the auxiliary network device can configure the terminal device accordingly, so as not to release the connection between the terminal device and the auxiliary network device, thereby helping to improve the transmission performance of the terminal device.
  • SRB3 has been established between the first network device and the terminal device. It is also possible that no SRB3 has been established between the first network device and the terminal device, and currently only waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3 for the first network device and the terminal device. In this case, when there is information to be transmitted between the first network device and the terminal device, if the SRB3 is not established, the transmission cannot be performed.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a second communication method, through this method, the first network device or terminal device can actively request the establishment of SRB3.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in any one of FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B as an example.
  • the method can be executed by three communication devices, for example, the fourth communication device, the fifth communication device, and the sixth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device can be a network device or can support a network device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the functions required by the method or the fourth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, and of course it may also be another communication device, such as a chip system.
  • the fifth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the fifth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the functions required by the method, of course It may also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the sixth communication device.
  • the sixth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the network device to implement the method, or the sixth communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required functions can of course also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the fourth communication device may be a network device
  • the fifth communication device is a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a terminal device.
  • the fourth, fifth, and sixth communication devices are all network devices, or the fourth, fifth, and sixth communication devices are all terminal devices, or the fourth communication device is capable of supporting network devices
  • the fifth communication device is a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a terminal device, and so on.
  • the network equipment is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is executed by the network device and the terminal device as an example, that is to say, the fourth communication device is the network device (hereinafter also referred to as the first network device), and the fifth communication device is the network device.
  • the device (hereinafter also referred to as the second network device) and the sixth communication device are terminal devices as an example. Because this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B as an example, the terminal device described below may be The terminal device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the first network device described below may be an auxiliary network device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the second network device described may be the main network device in the network architecture shown in any one of the drawings in FIG. 3, FIG. 4A, FIG. 4B, FIG. 5, FIG. 6A, or FIG. 6B.
  • the main network device is an LTE network device and the auxiliary network device is an NR network device, or if it is an NR-NR DC architecture, the main network device and the auxiliary network device are both NR network devices.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the request message from the terminal device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the terminal device can send a request message to the second network device to request to establish a connection with the first network device.
  • SRB3 the terminal device can send a request message to the second network device to request to establish a connection with the first network device.
  • the second network device sends a first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3, or to configure SRB3, or to indicate that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the second network device After the second network device receives the request message from the terminal device, it can decide whether to establish SRB3 for the first network device and the terminal device. After that, the second network device can send a first message to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message can be used to establish SRB3, or the first message can be used to configure SRB3, or , The first message may also indicate that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the first message may also carry second time information, and the second time information may indicate that requests within the time range indicated by the second time information are prohibited Create SRB3. It is equivalent to that the second network device instructs the terminal device through the second time information, and within the time range indicated by the second time information, do not request to establish SRB3 again. In this way, the terminal device can avoid frequently initiating requests to the second network device. Reduce the burden on the second network device.
  • the terminal device establishes SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or configures SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or according to the first message.
  • a message confirms that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the terminal device can establish SRB3 according to the first message, or if the first message is used to configure SRB3, the terminal device can configure SRB3 according to the first message, and "establish SRB3" and "configure SRB3" can be understood as the same meaning. Or, if the first message is used to indicate that SRB3 cannot be established, the terminal device may determine that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the terminal device can determine that it cannot request the establishment of SRB3 within the time range indicated by the second time information, and then the terminal device cannot request the establishment of SRB3 within the time range indicated by the second time information. It will request the second network device to establish SRB3.
  • the second time information is timer information. Then the terminal device can start the timer after receiving the first message. Before the timer expires, the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. When the timer expires and after the timer expires, the terminal device can pass SRB3 Send auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the first time information is information at the first time. Then the terminal device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 from receiving the first message until the first moment arrives, and after the first moment arrives, the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 again Supplementary information.
  • the first time information is information of the first time length. Then the terminal device can start timing from receiving the first message, and cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the end time of the first duration arrives, and after the end time of the first duration arrives, the terminal device can Then send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • S801 to S803 are based on the terminal device requesting establishment of SRB3 as an example, and it is also possible that SRB3 is established by the first network device.
  • the first network device sends a request message to the second network device, and the second network device receives the request message from the first network device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • SRB3 The request message is used to request the establishment of communication between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the first network device can obtain the capability information of the terminal device, so as to determine according to the capability information of the terminal device that the terminal device can interact with the first network device some new capability information, then the first network device can send to the second network device Request message to request establishment of SRB3 with the first network device.
  • the second network device sends a first message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3, or to configure SRB3, or to indicate that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the second network device After the second network device receives the request message of the first network device, it can decide whether to establish SRB3 for the first network device and the terminal device. After that, the second network device can send a first message to the first network device, and the first network device receives the first message from the second network device.
  • the first message can be used for establishing SRB3, or the first message can be used for Configure SRB3, or the first message may also indicate that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the first message may also carry second time information, and the second time information may indicate that requests within the time range indicated by the second time information are prohibited Create SRB3. It is equivalent to that the second network device instructs the first network device through the second time information, and within the time range indicated by the second time information, do not request to establish SRB3 again. In this way, the first network device can avoid frequent communication to the second network. The device initiates a request to reduce the burden on the second network device.
  • the first network device establishes SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or configures SRB3 for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or according to the The first message confirms that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the first network device may establish SRB3 according to the first message, or if the first message is used to configure SRB3, the first network device may configure SRB3 according to the first message, and "establish SRB3 "And “Configure SRB3" can be understood as the same meaning. Or, if the first message is used to indicate that SRB3 cannot be established, the first network device may determine that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the first network device can determine that it cannot request the establishment of SRB3 within the time range indicated by the second time information, and then within the time range indicated by the second time information, the first network device A network device will no longer request the establishment of SRB3 from the second network device.
  • the second time information is timer information.
  • the first network device can start the timer after receiving the first message. Before the timer expires, the first network device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3. When and after the timer expires, the first network device A network device can send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the first time information is information at the first time. Then the first network device cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 from the moment it receives the first message until the first moment arrives, and after the first moment arrives, the first network device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 again.
  • a network device sends auxiliary information.
  • the first time information is information of the first time length. Then the first network device can start timing from receiving the first message, and cannot send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3 until the end time of the first duration arrives, and after the end time of the first duration arrives, the first network device A network device can then send auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • S801-S803 and S804-S806 may be parallel schemes. Which scheme is to be implemented can be stipulated by the agreement or configured by the second network device. Alternatively, S801 to S803 and S804 to S806 can also be executed.
  • the terminal device or the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, so that SRB3 can be established when corresponding information needs to be transmitted, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3.
  • the terminal device sends the capability information of the terminal device to the second network device, and the second network device receives the capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device.
  • S807 shown in FIG. 8 also includes a process in which the terminal device sends capability information to the second network device, and a process in which the second network device sends the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information to the first network device.
  • S801 to S803 are executed, S801 may occur before S807, or may also occur after S807; or, if S804 to S806 are executed, S804 may occur before S807, or may also occur after S807.
  • the second network device determines that the terminal device can interact with the first network device some new capability information, then the first network device may send to the second network device Request message to request establishment of SRB3 with the first network device. In this case, S804 occurs after S807.
  • the first network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information from the first network device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the first network device can send configuration information to the terminal device through the SRB3. For example, after receiving the first sub-capability information and the third sub-capability information, the first network device may determine the capability of the terminal device. For example, if the first network device thinks that the terminal device has some new capabilities (or, referred to as new features) supported by the first network device, the first network device may send configuration information to the terminal device to configure the terminal device to be able to communicate to the terminal device through SRB3. The first network device sends auxiliary information.
  • SRB3 cannot transmit the auxiliary information of the terminal device, but the embodiment of this application enables SRB3 to transmit the auxiliary information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device, so that the first network
  • the device can configure the terminal device accordingly.
  • the terminal device can send the overheating information to the first network device, so that the first network device can configure the terminal device to release corresponding resources without causing the terminal device to release the connection with the first network device, thereby ensuring the terminal device Throughput, improve the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • the configuration information may also include first time information.
  • the configuration information includes first information and first time information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the configuration information may also include information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information.
  • the configuration information includes first information and at least one parameter information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the configuration information may include first information, and may also include at least one of first time information or at least one parameter information.
  • the configuration information includes first information, or the configuration information includes first information and first time information, or the configuration information includes first information and at least one parameter information, or the configuration information includes first information, first time Information and at least one parameter information.
  • the first network device sends configuration information to the terminal device as an example, or, it is also possible that the second network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, that is, the following S810.
  • the second network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the configuration information from the second network device.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • S809 and S810 can be executed by choosing one of them. Which one to execute can be stipulated by agreement.
  • the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, and the first network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device through SRB3.
  • the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3 as an example, or it is also possible that the terminal device may also send the auxiliary information to the second network device, refer to S812.
  • the second network device of the terminal device sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device, and the second network device receives the auxiliary information from the terminal device.
  • S811 and S812 can be executed by selecting one of them. Which one to execute can be stipulated by the agreement. If SRB3 exists, S811 is executed, and S812 is executed if it does not exist.
  • S811 or S812 can be executed, or if S810 is executed, S811 or S812 can be executed in the same way.
  • S812 For the content of S812, such as the introduction of auxiliary information, please refer to S705 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7.
  • S812 shown in FIG. 8 it also includes a process in which the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the second network device, and a process in which the second network device sends auxiliary information to the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the second network device to the first network device may be auxiliary information corresponding to the first network device.
  • the first network device sends adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3, and the terminal device receives the adjustment information from the first network device through SRB3.
  • the first network device may determine how to adjust the configuration of the terminal device according to the auxiliary information. For example, if the auxiliary information includes the time slot format expected by the terminal device, the first network device may configure the time slot format for the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how the first network device determines the adjustment information according to the auxiliary information. Alternatively, the first network device may also determine the adjustment information according to other factors, and the specific adjustment information is not limited.
  • the first network device may send adjustment information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may adjust the configuration of the terminal device after receiving the adjustment information.
  • the second network device may send a request message to the first network device, and the first network device may receive a request message from the second network device.
  • the request message is used to request the first network device to serve as the auxiliary network device of the second network device.
  • the first network device may send a response message to the second network device, and the second network device may receive a response message from the first network device.
  • the response message is used to instruct the first network device to agree to the first network device As the auxiliary network device of the second network device, or used to indicate that the first network device does not agree with the first network device as the auxiliary network device of the second network device. Then, if the response message is used to instruct the first network device to agree to the first network device as the auxiliary network device of the second network device, the second network device may send second configuration information to the first network device for configuring the first network device.
  • the network device serves as the auxiliary network device of the second network device, so that the first network device and the second network device can form a dual-connection structure.
  • the terminal device or the first network device can actively request the establishment of SRB3, so that SRB3 can be established when corresponding information needs to be transmitted, instead of passively waiting for the second network device to actively establish SRB3.
  • the terminal device can transmit corresponding control information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • the terminal device can send the terminal device's auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3, so that the first network device can also obtain the terminal device's information.
  • the auxiliary information is used to configure the terminal device accordingly, so that the configuration of the terminal device can meet the requirements of the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the auxiliary information sent by the terminal device may include the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the first network device can also obtain the overheating information of the terminal device, so that the first network device can configure the terminal device accordingly, so as not to make the terminal device Release the connection with the auxiliary network equipment, thereby helping to improve the transmission performance of the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 900 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 900 is a terminal device 900, for example.
  • the terminal device 900 includes a processing module 910 and a transceiver module 920.
  • the processing module 910 can be used to perform all operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the terminal device determines the capability information of the terminal device, and determines the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiving module 920 can be used to perform all transceiving operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701, S703, S704, S705, and S706 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or for Other processes that support the technology described in this article.
  • the processing module 910 is configured to determine that the auxiliary information of the terminal device can be sent to the first network device through SRB3, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is one of the at least two network devices The auxiliary network equipment;
  • the transceiver module 920 is configured to send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determining that it can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device 900 to the first network device through SRB3 includes:
  • the transceiver module 920 is further configured to receive first configuration information from the first network device or the second network device;
  • the processing module 910 is further configured to determine, according to the first configuration information, that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, and the second network device is the at least two networks The main network device in the device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information
  • the processing module 910 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device 900 can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information; or,
  • the terminal device 900 no longer sends the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information
  • the processing module 910 is further configured to determine that it can be sent to the first network device through the SRB3 The value of the at least one parameter.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 920 is further configured to receive adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3 after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 The adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device 900.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device 900 is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device 900.
  • the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device 900 is the number of secondary cells corresponding to the terminal device 900.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device 900 The number of antenna ports of the terminal device 900;
  • the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the terminal device 900 is the aggregate bandwidth of the secondary cell group corresponding to the terminal device 900.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 900 is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 900.
  • the size of the transmitted data packet of the terminal device 900 or,
  • the desired scheduling mode of the terminal device 900 is the desired scheduling mode of the terminal device 900.
  • the search space desired by the terminal device 900 is the search space desired by the terminal device 900.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device 900 is the scheduling format expected by the terminal device 900.
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device 900 is the time slot format expected by the terminal device 900.
  • the transceiver module 920 is further configured to send capability information of the terminal device 900 to the second network device, where the capability information includes the first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, so The first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information further includes second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device and corresponding to the Third sub-capability information of the first network device and the second network device, and the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module 920 is also used for:
  • the request message is used to request the establishment of the SRB3 for communication between the terminal device 900 and the first network device, and the second network device is the at least two networks The main network equipment in the equipment;
  • a first message from the second network device is received, where the first message is used to establish the SRB3 for the terminal device 900 or to configure the SRB3 for the terminal device.
  • processing module 910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 920 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000.
  • the communication device 1000 is, for example, a terminal device 1000.
  • the terminal device 1000 includes a processor 1010, a memory 1020, and a transceiver 1030.
  • the memory 1020 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1010 is configured to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1020.
  • the processor 1010 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 910 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1030 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 920 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 900 or the terminal device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the operation and/or function of each module in the terminal device 900 or the terminal device 1000 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, for the sake of brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1100 is, for example, the first network device 1100.
  • the first network device 1100 includes a processing module 1110 and a transceiver module 1120.
  • the processing module 1110 can be used to perform all the operations performed by the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for the transceiving operation, such as the operation of determining the first configuration information, the operation of determining the adjustment information, and / Or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1120 can be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701, S702, S704, S705, and S706 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or Other processes used to support the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is configured to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, the first network device 1100 is an auxiliary network device in the at least two network devices.
  • the processing module 1110 is configured to determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information
  • the transceiver module 1120 is configured to send the adjustment information to the terminal device through SRB3, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is configured to receive auxiliary information of the terminal device in the following manner:
  • auxiliary information from a second network device, where the second network device is the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first network device through the SRB3 1100 sends the auxiliary information of the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device 1100, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device 1100 and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device 1100 and information related to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to combine the second network device included in the auxiliary information. Second, the information related to the network device is sent to the second network device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first network through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information.
  • the device 1100 sends the auxiliary information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to no longer send the auxiliary information to the first network device 1100 within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device 1100.
  • the first configuration information further includes at least one parameter information corresponding to the auxiliary information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is sending the terminal device's auxiliary information to the first network device 1100 When sending information, send the value of the at least one parameter.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from the second network device, where the capability information of the terminal device includes the first sub-device corresponding to the first network device 1100 Capability information, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device 1100 and the second network device, the second network device being the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module 1120 is also used to:
  • the transceiver module 1120 is also used to:
  • the request message is used to request the first network device 1100 to be the secondary network device of the second network device, and the second network device is one of the at least two network devices Main network equipment;
  • processing module 1110 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1120 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1200.
  • the communication device 1200 is, for example, the first network device 1200.
  • the first network device 1200 includes a processor 1210, a memory 1220, and a transceiver 1230.
  • the memory 1220 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1210 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1220.
  • the processor 1210 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1110 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1230 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1120 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • first network device 1100 or the first network device 1200 may correspond to the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the first network device 1100 or the first network device 1200
  • the operations and/or functions of the respective modules are to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1300 is, for example, the second network device 1300.
  • the second network device 1300 includes a processing module 1310 and a transceiver module 1320.
  • the processing module 1310 can be used to perform all the operations performed by the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for the transceiving operation, such as the operation of determining the first configuration information, and/or to support the text Other processes of the described technique.
  • the transceiving module 1320 can be used to perform all the transceiving operations performed by the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701, S703, and S705 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or to support this text Other processes of the described technique.
  • the processing module 1310 is configured to determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3, the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices, and the first network device is the at least two networks A secondary network device in the device, and the second network device 1300 is the main network device of the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver module 1320 is configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first time information through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information.
  • a network device sends the auxiliary information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to no longer send the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device Supplementary information.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • information specifically send the value of the at least one parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the second network device, Or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to send all information to the first network device. Information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is also used to:
  • the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3, or used to indicate rejection of establishment of SRB3.
  • the transceiver module 1320 is further configured to receive the terminal device's auxiliary information from the terminal device before the processing module 1310 determines that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3
  • the capability information of the terminal device where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device, second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device 1300, and corresponding to the first network device and The third sub-capability information of the second network device 1300.
  • the processing module 1310 is configured to determine that the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through the SRB3 in the following manner:
  • the terminal device can send the auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device through SRB3.
  • processing module 1310 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1320 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400.
  • the communication device 1400 is, for example, the second network device 1400.
  • the second network device 1400 includes a processor 1410, a memory 1420, and a transceiver 1430.
  • the memory 1420 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1420.
  • the processor 1410 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1310 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1430 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1320 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the second network device 1300 or the second network device 1400 may correspond to the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the second network device 1300 or the second network device 1400 The operations and/or functions of the respective modules are to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and are not repeated here for brevity.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1500 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1500 is a terminal device 1500, for example.
  • the terminal device 1500 includes a processing module 1510 and a transceiver module 1520.
  • the processing module 1510 may be used to perform all operations except for the transceiving operation performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S803, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1520 can be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801, S802, S807, S809, S810, S811, S812, and S813 in the embodiment shown in FIG. , And/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1520 is configured to send a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the terminal device 1500 and the first network device.
  • the terminal device 1500 is connected to at least two network devices, so The first network device is a secondary network device in the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a main network device in the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver module 1520 is further configured to receive a first message from the second network device
  • the processing module 1510 is configured to establish SRB3 used for communication with the first network device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 used for communication with the first network device according to the first message , Or it is determined that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message.
  • the transceiver module 1520 is further configured to send capability information of the terminal device 1500 to the second network device, where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device The first sub-capability information is transparently transmitted to the first network device through the second network device, and the capability information further includes second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device and corresponding to Third sub-capability information of the first network device and the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 1520 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device 1500 can send auxiliary information of the terminal device 1500 to the first network device through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the desired configuration of the terminal device 1500 or the configuration of the terminal device 1500.
  • Business information is used.
  • the transceiver module 1520 also uses in:
  • auxiliary information includes information corresponding to the first network device, and the information corresponding to the first network device is transparently transmitted through the second network device.
  • the auxiliary information is information related to the first network device, or the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device .
  • the transceiver module 1520 Also used for:
  • the first configuration information further includes at least one parameter information corresponding to the auxiliary information, which is used to instruct the terminal device 1500 to send the auxiliary information to the first network device, Send the value of the at least one parameter.
  • the first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device 1500 can send the first time information to the first time information through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information.
  • the network device sends the auxiliary information, or is used to instruct the terminal device 1500 to stop sending the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device .
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device 1500 is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device 1500.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device 1500 is the same as the number of antenna ports of the terminal device 1500;
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 1500 is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device 1500.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device 1500 is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device 1500.
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device 1500 is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device 1500.
  • the search space expected by the terminal device 1500 is the search space expected by the terminal device 1500.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device 1500 or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device 1500 is the time slot format expected by the terminal device 1500.
  • the transceiver module 1520 is further configured to receive adjustment information from the first network device through the SRB3 after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3 The adjustment information is used to adjust the configuration of the terminal device 1500.
  • the first message further carries second time information
  • the processing module 1510 is configured to determine that SRB3 cannot be established according to the first message
  • the processing module 1510 is further configured to carry according to the first message It is determined that the establishment of SRB3 cannot be requested within the time range corresponding to the second time information.
  • processing module 1510 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1520 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1600.
  • the communication device 1600 is a terminal device 1600, for example.
  • the terminal device 1600 includes a processor 1610, a memory 1620, and a transceiver 1630.
  • the memory 1620 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1610 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1620.
  • the processor 1610 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1510 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1630 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1520 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 1500 or the terminal device 1600 may correspond to the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the operation and/or operation of each module in the terminal device 1500 or the terminal device 1600 The functions are to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and for the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1700 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1700 is, for example, the first network device 1700.
  • the first network device 1700 includes a processing module 1710 and a transceiver module 1720.
  • the processing module 1710 may be used to perform all the operations performed by the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for receiving and sending operations, such as determining first configuration information, determining adjustment information, and/or for Other processes that support the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiver module 1720 can be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801, S802, S807, S809, S810, S811, and S812 in the embodiment shown in FIG. And S813, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1720 is configured to send a request message to the second network device, where the request message is used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device 1700 and a terminal device, and the terminal device is connected to at least two network devices,
  • the first network device 1700 is a secondary network device of the at least two network devices, and the second network device is a primary network device of the at least two network devices;
  • the transceiver module 1720 is further configured to receive a first message from the second network device
  • the processing module 1710 is configured to establish SRB3 for communication with the terminal device according to the first message, or configure SRB3 for communication with the first network device 1700 according to the first message, or according to The first message determines that SRB3 cannot be established.
  • the transceiver module 1720 is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from a second network device, where the capability information of the terminal device includes the first sub-device corresponding to the first network device 1700 Capability information, and third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device 1700 and the second network device, the second network device being the main network device of the at least two network devices.
  • the transceiver module 1720 is further configured to send the first configuration to the terminal device after the processing module 1710 establishes the SRB3 for communication with the terminal device according to the first message Information, the first configuration information is used to indicate that the terminal device can send auxiliary information of the terminal device to the first network device 1700 through the SRB3, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the configuration desired by the terminal device Or business information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1720 is further configured to receive the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3 after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device 1700.
  • the first configuration information further includes at least one parameter information corresponding to the auxiliary information, which is used to instruct the terminal device to send the auxiliary station information to the first network device 1700 , Sending the value of the at least one parameter.
  • the first configuration information also carries first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first network through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information.
  • the device 1700 sends the auxiliary information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to no longer send the auxiliary information to the first network device 1700 within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device 1700.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1720 is further used for:
  • the SRB3 After receiving the auxiliary information from the terminal device through the SRB3, determine adjustment information according to the auxiliary information, where the adjustment information is used to adjust the air interface parameters of the terminal device or the service information of the terminal device;
  • processing module 1710 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1720 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1800.
  • the communication device 1800 is, for example, the first network device 1800.
  • the first network device 1800 includes a processor 1810, a memory 1820, and a transceiver 1830.
  • the memory 1820 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1810 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1820.
  • the processor 1810 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1710 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1830 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1720 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • first network device 1700 or the first network device 1800 may correspond to the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the first network device 1700 or the first network device 1800 The operation and/or function of each module is to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1900 according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 1900 is the second network device 1900, for example.
  • the second network device 1900 includes a processing module 1910 and a transceiver module 1920.
  • the processing module 1910 may be used to perform all the operations performed by the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the transceiving operation, such as S806, and/or other operations used to support the technology described herein. process.
  • the transceiver module 1920 can be used to perform all the transceiver operations performed by the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801, S802, S804, S805, S807, S808, and S810 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8. And S812, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1920 is configured to receive a request message, the request message being used to request the establishment of SRB3 for communication between the first network device and the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module 1920 is further configured to send a first message, where the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3, or to indicate refusal to establish SRB3.
  • the transceiver module 1920 is further configured to receive capability information of the terminal device from the terminal device, where the capability information includes first sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device , The second sub-capability information corresponding to the second network device 2000, and the third sub-capability information corresponding to the first network device and the second network device 2000.
  • the transceiver module 1920 is further configured to send the first sub-capability information to the first network device.
  • the first message is used to establish SRB3 or to configure SRB3
  • the transceiver module 1920 is also used to send first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to Instruct the terminal device to be able to send the auxiliary information to the first network device through the SRB3, where the auxiliary information is used to indicate a configuration desired by the terminal device or service information of the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information further includes first time information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device can communicate to the first time information through the SRB3 within the time range corresponding to the first time information.
  • a network device sends the auxiliary information, or is used to instruct the terminal device to no longer send the auxiliary information to the first network device within the first time after sending the auxiliary information to the first network device Supplementary information.
  • the first configuration information further includes information about at least one parameter corresponding to the auxiliary information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device is sending the auxiliary information to the first network device through SRB3.
  • sending information specifically send the value of the at least one parameter.
  • the transceiver module 1920 is further configured to receive the auxiliary information after sending the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the auxiliary information is information related to the second network device 2000, or The auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device 2000.
  • the auxiliary information includes information related to the first network device and information related to the second network device 2000, and the transceiver module 1920 is further configured to send the Information related to the first network device included in the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes one of the following or any combination thereof;
  • the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device is the number of MIMO layers of the terminal device.
  • the number of antenna ports of the terminal device is the number of antenna ports of the terminal device.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device
  • the application type of the terminal device is the application type of the terminal device.
  • the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device is the size of the data packet transmitted by the terminal device
  • the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device is the scheduling mode expected by the terminal device
  • the search space desired by the terminal device is the search space desired by the terminal device.
  • the scheduling format expected by the terminal device or,
  • the time slot format expected by the terminal device is the time slot format expected by the terminal device.
  • processing module 1910 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or processor-related circuit components
  • transceiver module 1920 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuit components.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 2000.
  • the communication device 2000 is, for example, the second network device 2000.
  • the second network device 2000 includes a processor 2010, a memory 2020, and a transceiver 2030.
  • the memory 2020 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 2010 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 2020.
  • the processor 2010 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1910 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 2030 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1920 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the second network device 1900 or the second network device 2000 may correspond to the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the second network device 1900 or the second network device 2000
  • the operation and/or function of each module is to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 or the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 21 shows a simplified structural diagram of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 21 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 21. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 2110 and a processing unit 2120.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2110 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 2110 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiver unit 2110 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the processing unit 2120 is used to perform the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. Operations other than operations.
  • the transceiving unit 2110 is configured to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, such as S701, S703, S704, S705, and S706.
  • the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 except for the transceiving operation, for example, the terminal device determines the capability information of the terminal device, determines the auxiliary information of the terminal device, according to The adjustment information adjusts the configuration of the terminal device or the operation of the service information, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform the terminal device side in addition to the transceiver operations in the method embodiment shown in FIG. Other operations.
  • the transceiving unit 2110 is configured to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, such as S801, S802, S807, S809, S810, S811, S812, and S813.
  • the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 except for the receiving and sending operations, such as S803.
  • the chip When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the device shown in FIG. 22 may be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 2210 in FIG. 22.
  • the device includes a processor 2210, a data sending processor 2220, and a data receiving processor 2230.
  • the processing module 910 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2210 in FIG. 22 and complete corresponding functions; the transceiving module 920 in the foregoing embodiment may be the sending data processor 2220 in FIG. 22, and/or receiving data The processor 2230.
  • the processing module 1510 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2210 in FIG. 22 and perform corresponding functions; the transceiver module 1520 in the foregoing embodiment may be the data sending processor 2220 in FIG. 22, and/or Receive data processor 2230.
  • channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 22, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • Fig. 23 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the processing device 2300 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2303 and an interface 2304.
  • the processor 2303 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 910
  • the interface 2304 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 920.
  • the processor 2303 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 1510
  • the interface 2304 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 1520.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2306, a processor 2303, and a program stored in the memory 2306 and running on the processor.
  • the processor 2303 executes the program to implement the method shown in FIG. 7 For example, or the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8.
  • the memory 2306 can be non-volatile or volatile. Its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 2300, as long as the memory 2306 can be connected to the The processor 2303 is fine.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program is stored.
  • the program is executed by a processor, it can realize that the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the above method embodiment is related to the first network device. The process.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program is stored.
  • the program is executed by a processor, it can realize that the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment is related to the second network device. The process.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the program When the program is executed by a processor, it can implement the process related to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program is stored.
  • the program is executed by a processor, it can realize that the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment is related to the first network device. The process.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program is stored.
  • the program is executed by a processor, it can realize that the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment is related to the second network device. The process.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when executed, execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及一种通信方法及设备，其中的一种通信方法包括：终端设备确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，第一网络设备为至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，辅助信息用于指示终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息。终端设备可以通过SRB3向作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，那么辅网络设备也能获得终端设备的辅助信息，从而辅网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。

Description

一种通信方法及设备
本申请要求在2019年4月23日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910327423.7、发明名称为“一种通信方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及设备。
背景技术
在演进的通用陆面无线接入与新空口双连接(E-UTRA NR dual connectivity，EN-DC)架构下，作为主基站的长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)基站可以通过信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer，SRB)1向终端设备下发配置，例如配置终端设备上报终端设备的辅助信息，以帮助LTE基站根据终端设备的辅助信息了解终端设备的状况，从而更好地调度终端设备。终端设备的辅助信息例如包括终端设备的过热(overheating)信息，过热信息例如包括终端设备倾向于减少终端设备的上下行辅小区数，或终端设备所倾向的上下行能力集合等。
目前，终端设备只能向作为主基站的LTE基站发送终端设备的辅助信息，LTE基站在接收终端设备的辅助信息后可以做出决策。例如终端设备向LTE基站发送了过热信息，那么LTE基站可能做出的一种决策为，令终端设备释放与作为辅基站的新空口(new radio，NR)基站之间的连接，使得终端设备改为工作在单连接的结构下。
终端设备工作在单连接的结构下之后，只能从LTE基站接收数据，而无法再从NR基站接收数据。这对于终端设备来说，性能下降会较为明显。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及设备，用于提高终端设备的传输性能。
第一方面，提供第一种通信方法，该方法包括：终端设备确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
该方法可由第一通信装置执行，第一通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过SRB3向作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，例如辅助信息可以包括终端设备的过热信息，那么相当于辅网络设备也能获得终端设备的过热信息，从而辅网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于 使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，终端设备确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，包括：所述终端设备接收来自第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
终端设备可以根据网络设备的配置确定是否能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。而向终端设备发送第一配置信息的可以是第一网络设备，也可以是第二网络设备，较为灵活。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述终端设备在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
第一时间信息可以用于指示，终端设备能够在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这也就表明第一时间信息隐含指示了，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围之外，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这相当于给终端设备通过SRB3发送辅助信息添加了时间限制，终端设备只能在规定的时间内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这种方式便于第二网络设备进行管理。或者，第一时间信息可以用于指示，终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围内不能再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这也就表明第一时间信息隐含指示了，终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围之外，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。通过这种方式，可以避免终端设备频繁向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，减轻第一网络设备的负担。第一时间信息例如为定时器的信息，或者为第一时刻的信息，或者为第一时长的信息等，对于第一时间信息的实现方式不做限制。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备确定能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
相当于网络设备可以告知终端设备，网络设备需要的是哪些参数，从而终端设备可以上报网络设备所需要的参数的取值，使得终端设备的上报更符合网络设备的需求。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
终端设备所发送的辅助信息可以只包括第一网络设备相关的信息，相当于终端设备可以针对第一网络设备只发送第一网络设备相关的信息，从而第一网络设备可以直接根据这 些信息进行决策。例如终端设备所发送的辅助信息中的辅小区数，可以只包括第一网络设备对应的辅小区数，而不包括第二网络设备对应的辅小区数，从而第一网络设备无需与第二网络设备进行协商，而是可以直接根据终端设备的辅助信息进行相应的决策。或者，终端设备发送的辅助信息也可以既包括第一网络设备相关的信息，也包括第二网络设备相关的信息，相当于终端设备可以一并将两个网络设备相关的辅助信息都发送给第一网络设备，例如第一网络设备可以将第二网络设备相关的信息再发送给第二网络设备，从而可以减少终端设备与网络设备之间的交互过程。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，在所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，还包括：所述终端设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置。
第一网络设备在接收辅助信息后，可以根据辅助信息确定终端设备所期望的配置，从而第一网络设备可以调整终端设备的一些配置，例如调整空口配置，从而使得终端设备的配置能够满足终端设备的期望。那么第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送调整信息，调整信息就用于调整终端设备的配置，从而终端设备接收调整信息后就可以调整相应的配置。可见，在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送相应的辅助信息，从而第一网络设备可以为终端设备调整相应的配置。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
当然，辅助信息除了包括如上的至少一种之外，还可能包括其他的信息，或者，辅助信息也可以不包括如上的任意一项，而是只包括其他的信息，具体的不做限制。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括： 所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，且第二网络设备可以将对应于第一网络设备的能力信息再发送给第一网络设备，从而第一网络设备也能获得终端设备的能力信息。例如第一网络设备是LTE网络设备，第二网络设备是NR网络设备，那么NR网络设备可以支持一些LTE网络设备所无法支持的新能力。而终端设备的版本在不断演进，因此高版本的终端设备可能也能够支持这些新能力。但是目前规定，终端设备只能向主网络设备发送辅助信息，不能向辅网络设备发送辅助信息。而LTE系统由于不支持这些能力，所以并未提供用于终端设备发送这些新能力的消息，从而终端设备无法将这些新能力的信息发送给LTE网络设备。相当于，终端设备无法将新能力的信息发送给所连接的任一个网络设备。鉴于此，在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以将终端设备的能力信息都发送给第二网络设备，例如终端设备就可以采用第二网络设备所提供的消息的格式将终端设备的能力信息发送给第二网络设备，第二网络设备可以再将对应于第一网络设备的能力信息(例如第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息)发送给第一网络设备。例如第二网络设备可能无法识别第一子能力信息，那么第二网络设备可以将第一子能力信息透传给第一网络设备，而无需识别第一子能力信息，而第一子能力信息就可能包括一些新能力的信息。通过本申请实施例提供的方式，第一网络设备能够获得终端设备支持的一些新能力的信息，从而可以更好地调度终端设备。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间通信的所述SRB3，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；所述终端设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述终端设备建立所述SRB3或用于为所述终端设备配置SRB3。
如果终端设备和第一网络设备之间事先并未建立SRB3，那么终端设备可以请求第二网络设备建立SRB3，以供终端设备和第一网络设备之间的通信。在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，而不必被动等待第二网络设备建立SRB3，终端设备的主动性较强。
第二方面，提供第二种通信方法，该方法包括：第一网络设备接收终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备。
该方法可由第二通信装置执行，第二通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。
在本申请实施例中，作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备也能够获得终端设备的辅助信息，从而第一网络设备也能对终端设备进行相应的配置。例如辅助信息包括终端设备的过热信 息等，那么第一网络设备也能获得终端设备的过热信息，从而可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，而不至于使终端设备释放第一网络设备，尽量保证终端设备的传输性能。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，并通过SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
第一网络设备在获得终端设备的辅助信息后，可以根据辅助信息确定调整信息，以对终端设备的配置或终端设备的业务信息等进行调整，从而使得终端设备的配置或业务信息等能够尽量符合终端设备的要求。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，第一网络设备接收终端设备的辅助信息，包括：所述第一网络设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息；或，所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
终端设备可以直接通过SRB3将辅助信息发送给第一网络设备，或者终端设备也可以将辅助信息发送给第二网络设备，第二网络设备再将辅助信息中第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备。可见，终端设备发送辅助信息的方式较为灵活。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
例如在第一网络设备获取辅助信息之前，可以先向终端设备发送第一配置信息，指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，终端设备接收第一配置信息后，就可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。通过事先指示，使得终端设备能够明确相应的行为。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
相当于，终端设备可以只将辅助信息中的第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备，例如终端设备也可以将辅助信息中的第二网络设备相关的信息发送给第二网络设备，即，终端设备可以向不同的网络设备分别发送各自对应的辅助信息，从而网络设备接收相应的辅助信息后可以分别进行决策。或者，终端设备也可以将所有的辅助信息都发送给第一网络设备(或第二网络设备)，第一网络设备(或第二网络设备)再将第二网络设备(或第一网络设备)相关的信息发送给第二网络设备，这样可以减少终端设备与网络设备之间的交互。
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备将所述辅助信息包括的所述第二网络设备相关的信息发送给所述第二网络设备。
终端设备也可以将所有的辅助信息都发送给第一网络设备，第一网络设备再将第二网 络设备相关的信息发送给第二网络设备，这样可以减少终端设备与网络设备之间的交互。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第八种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，第二网络设备可以将对应于第一网络设备的能力信息再发送给第一网络设备，从而第一网络设备也能获得终端设备的能力信息，就可以相应确定终端设备是否能支持一些新能力。例如对于第一子能力信息，可能是第二网络设备无法识别的，那么第二网络设备可以将第一子能力信息透传给第一网络设备，无需识别第一子能力信息。
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所 述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的所述SRB3；所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述第一网络设备建立所述SRB3。
如果终端设备和第一网络设备之间事先并未建立SRB3，那么第一网络设备可以请求第二网络设备建立SRB3，以供终端设备和第一网络设备之间的通信。在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，而不必被动等待第二网络设备建立SRB3，终端设备的主动性较强。而且，如果终端设备和第一网络设备之间事先并未建立SRB3，那么可以由终端设备向第二网络设备发起请求，也可以由第一网络设备向第二网络设备发起请求，较为灵活。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第二方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求所述第一网络设备作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示所述第一网络设备同意所述第一网络设备作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备；第一网络设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述第一网络设备为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备。
如果第二网络设备认为可以将第一网络设备作为辅网络设备，则第二网络设备可以请求第一网络设备，从而可以构成双连接的结构。
关于第二方面的一些实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第一方面或第一方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第三方面，提供第三种通信方法，该方法包括：第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息。
该方法可由第三通信装置执行，第三通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。
如果第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，那么第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一配置信息，以使终端设备明确能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。通过这种方式，可以使得终端设备明确相应的行为。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，还包括：所述第二网络设备接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
终端设备可以只将辅助信息中第二网络设备相关的信息发送给第二网络设备，例如终端设备也可以只将辅助信息中第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备，即，终端设备可以将不同的网络设备对应的辅助信息分别发送给相应的网络设备，从而网络设备可以直接根据接收的辅助信息进行决策，而无需再区分是否还有信息对应于其他网络设备。或者，终端设备也可以将所有的辅助信息都发送给第二网络设备，从而可以减少终端设备与网络设备之间的交互。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
如果终端设备是将第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息都发送给了第二网络设备，则第二网络设备可以再将第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备，使得第一网络设备也能获得终端设备的辅助信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；所述第二网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
如果终端设备和第一网络设备之间事先并未建立SRB3，那么第一网络设备可以请求第二网络设备建立SRB3，以供终端设备和第一网络设备之间的通信。在本申请实施例中，第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，而不必被动等待第二网络设备建立SRB3，终端设备的主动性较强。而且，如果终端设备和第一网络设备之间事先并未建立SRB3，那么可以由终端设备向第二网络设备发起请求，也可以由第一网络设备向第二网络设备发起请求，也就是说，第二网络设备接收的请求消息可能来自终端设备，也可能来自第一网络设备，较为灵活。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，在第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之前，还包括：所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，包括：所述第二网络设备根据所述能力信息确定所述终端设备能够通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
例如第二网络设备可以根据终端设备的能力信息确定终端设备是否能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，或者第二网络设备也可以根据其他因素确定终端设备是否能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，例如第二网络设备可以周期性配置终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息等，具体的不做限制。
关于第三方面的一些实施方式所带来的技术效果，可以参考对于第一方面或第一方面的相应的实施方式或第二方面或第二方面的相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍，不多赘述。
第四方面，提供第四种通信方法，该方法包括：终端设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述终端设备与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；所述终端设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；所述终端设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
该方法可由第四通信装置执行，第四通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为终端设备。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，从而可以在需 要传输相应信息时建立SRB3，而不是只能被动等待第二网络设备主动建立SRB3，使得终端设备的主动性较强。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，在所述终端设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3之后，还包括：所述终端设备接收来自所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，在所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之后，还包括：所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的信息，所述对应于所述第一网络设备的信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备。
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，在所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之后，还包括：所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或，通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，以及通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一 种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第四方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，在所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，还包括：所述终端设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息还携带第二时间信息，所述终端设备根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3，还包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一消息携带的第二时间信息，确定无法在所述第二时间信息对应的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。
如果第二网络设备拒绝建立SRB3，那么第二网络设备可以在第一消息携带第二时间信息，以指示终端设备不能在第二时间信息对应的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。通过这种方式，可以尽量避免终端设备频繁请求建立SRB3，减轻第二网络设备的负担。
关于第四方面的一些实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面、第一方面的相应的实施方式、第二方面、第二方面的相应的实施方式、第三方面、或第三方面的相应的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第五方面，提供第五种通信方法，该方法包括：第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与终端设备之间通信的SRB3，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；所述第一网络设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
该方法可由第五通信装置执行，第五通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。 示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，从而可以在需要传输相应信息时建立SRB3，而不是只能被动等待第二网络设备主动建立SRB3，使得终端设备的主动性较强。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一网络设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3之后，还包括：所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，还包括：所述第一网络设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第五方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，在所述第一网络设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息之后，还包括：所述第一网络设备根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的空口参数或所述终端设备的业务信息；所述第一网络设备通过所述SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
关于第五方面的一些实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面、第一方面的相应的实施方式、第二方面、第二方面的相应的实施方式、第三方面、或第三方面的相应的实施方式、第四方面、或第四方面的相应的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第六方面，提供第六种通信方法，该方法包括：第二网络设备接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；所述第二网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
该方法可由第六通信装置执行，第六通信装置可以是通信设备或能够支持通信设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，例如芯片系统。示例性地，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，从而可以在需要传输相应信息时建立SRB3，而不是只能被动等待第二网络设备主动建立SRB3，使得终端设备的主动性较强。也就是说，第二网络设备接收的请求消息，可能来自终端设备，也可能来自第一网络设备，较为灵活。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备将所述第一子能力信息发送给所述第一网络设备。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第六方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述 终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式至第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，在所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，还包括：所述第二网络设备接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第六方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述方法还包括：所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第六方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
关于第六方面的一些实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面、第一方面的相应的实施方式、第二方面、第二方面的相应的实施方式、第三方面、第三方面的相应的实施方式、第四方面、第四方面的相应的实施方式、第五方面、或第五方面的相应的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第七方面，提供第一种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块， 例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息，所述通信装置连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；
所述收发模块，用于通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述通信装置所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息：
获取所述收发模块接收的来自第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，所述处理模块还用于：
根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述通信装置在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，所述处理模块，还用于确定能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述通信装置的配置。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述通信装置的MIMO层数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区的数量；
所述通信装置的天线端口数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述通信装置对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述通信装置支持的最大带宽；
所述通信装置期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述通信装置期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述通信装置的应用类型；
所述通信装置的传输的数据包大小；
所述通信装置期望的调度模式；
所述通信装置期望的搜索空间；
所述通信装置期望的调度格式；或，
所述通信装置期望的时隙格式。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于向第二网络设备发送所述通信装置的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块还用于：
向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与所述第一网络设备之间通信的所述SRB3，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述通信装置建立所述SRB3或用于为所述终端设备配置SRB3。
关于第七方面或第七方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第八方面，提供第二种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
所述处理模块，用于根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息；
所述收发模块，还用于通过SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块用于通过如下方式接收终端设备的辅助信息：
通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息；或，
接收来自第二网络设备的所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第八方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第八方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第八方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述收发模块，还用于将所述辅助信息包括的所述第二网络设备相关的信息发送给所述第二网络设备。
结合第八方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述通信装置发送辅助信息。
结合第八方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第八方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第八方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第八方面的第八种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述通信装置的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述通信装置和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第八方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与所述终端设备之间通信的所述SRB3；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述通信装置建立所述SRB3。
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第八方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第八方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块还用于：
接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求所述通信装置作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述第二网络设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示所述通信装置同意所述通信装置作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述通信装置为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备。
关于第八方面或第八方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第九方面，提供第三种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。其中，
所述处理模块，用于确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发模块，用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息。
结合第九方面，在第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所 述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第九方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述通信装置相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息。
结合第九方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息，所述收发模块，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第九方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第九方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块还用于：
接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第九方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在所述处理模块确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之前，接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第九方面或第九方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第九方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第九方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息：根据所述能力信息确定所述终端设备能够通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
关于第九方面或第九方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十方面，提供第四种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第四通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为终端设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，所述通信装置连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发模块，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述通信装置的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，
所述收发模块，还用于在所述处理模块根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3之后，接收来自所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述通信装置所期望的配置或所述通信装置的业务信息。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理模块根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之后，所述收发模块还用于：
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的信息，所述对应于所述第一网络设备的信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备。
结合第十方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所 述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理模块根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息之后，所述收发模块还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或，
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，以及通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述通信装置能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述通信装置的MIMO层数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区的数量；
所述通信装置的天线端口数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述通信装置对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述通信装置支持的最大带宽；
所述通信装置期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述通信装置期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述通信装置的应用类型；
所述通信装置的传输的数据包大小；
所述通信装置期望的调度模式；
所述通信装置期望的搜索空间；
所述通信装置期望的调度格式；或，
所述通信装置期望的时隙格式。
结合第十方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在所述通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述通信装置 的配置。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息还携带第二时间信息，所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3：根据所述第一消息携带的第二时间信息，确定无法在所述第二时间信息对应的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。
关于第十方面或第十方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十一方面，提供第五种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第五通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与终端设备之间通信的SRB3，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发模块，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在所处理模块根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3之后，向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第十一方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息。
结合第十一方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十一方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十一方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的 任一种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述通信装置发送辅助信息。
结合第十一方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第十一方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十一方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述处理模块，还用于在所述收发模块通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息之后，根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的空口参数或所述终端设备的业务信息；
所述收发模块，还用于通过所述SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
关于第十一方面或第十一方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十二方面，提供第六种通信装置，例如该通信装置为如前所述的第六通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地，所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块，例如包括处理模块和收发模块。示例性地，所述通信装置为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
所述处理模块，用于确定建立SRB3，或配置SRB3，或拒绝建立SRB3；
所述收发模块，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于 接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第十二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于将所述第一子能力信息发送给所述第一网络设备。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，所述收发模块，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第十二方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第十二方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十二方面的第三种可能的实施方式至第十二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述通信装置相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息。
结合第十二方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息，所述收发模块，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十二方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十二方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
关于第十二方面或第十二方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十三方面，提供第七种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息，所述通信装置连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；
所述收发器，用于通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述通信装置所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器用于通过如下方式确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息：
获取所述收发器接收的来自第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，所述处理器还用于：
根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述通信装置在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，所述处理模块，还用于确定能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所 述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述通信装置的配置。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述通信装置的MIMO层数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区的数量；
所述通信装置的天线端口数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述通信装置对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述通信装置支持的最大带宽；
所述通信装置期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述通信装置期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述通信装置的应用类型；
所述通信装置的传输的数据包大小；
所述通信装置期望的调度模式；
所述通信装置期望的搜索空间；
所述通信装置期望的调度格式；或，
所述通信装置期望的时隙格式。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于向第二网络设备发送所述通信装置的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十三方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器还用于：
向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与所述第一网络设备之间通信的所述SRB3，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述通信装置建立所述SRB3或用于为所述终端设备配置SRB3。
关于第十三方面或第十三方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十四方面，提供第八种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于接收终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，
所述处理器，用于根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息；
所述收发器，还用于通过SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器用于通过如下方式接收终端设备的辅助信息：
通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息；或，
接收来自第二网络设备的所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十四方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十四方面的第三种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十四方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述收发器，还用于将所述辅助信息包括的所述第二网络设备相关的信息发送给所述第二网络设备。
结合第十四方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述通信装置发送辅助信息。
结合第十四方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第十四方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信 息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十四方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十四方面的第八种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述通信装置的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述通信装置和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十四方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与所述终端设备之间通信的所述SRB3；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述通信装置建立所述SRB3。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十四方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十四方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器还用于：
接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求所述通信装置作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
向所述第二网络设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示所述通信装置同意所述通信装置作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述通信装置为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备。
关于第十四方面或第十四方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第二方 面或第二方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十五方面，提供第九种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述处理器，用于确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发器，用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息。
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述通信装置相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息。
结合第十五方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息，所述收发器，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十五方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器还用于：
接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在所述处理器确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之前，接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十五方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述处理器用于通过如下方式确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息：根据所述能力信息确定所述终端设备能够通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
关于第十五方面或第十五方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十六方面，提供第十种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第四通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为终端设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述通信装置与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，所述通信装置连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发器，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
所述处理器，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述通信装置的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第十六方面或第十六方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，
所述收发器，还用于在所述处理器根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3之后，接收来自所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
所述处理器，还用于根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述通信装置所期望的配置或所述通信装置的业务信息。
结合第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理器根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之后，所述收发器还用于：
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的信息，所述对应于所述第一网络设备的信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备。
结合第十六方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，在所述处理器根据所述第一配置信息确定所述通信装置能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述通信装置的辅助信息之后，所述收发器还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或，
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，以及通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十六方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还 携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述通信装置能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述通信装置在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十六方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十六方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述通信装置的MIMO层数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区的数量；
所述通信装置的天线端口数；
所述通信装置对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述通信装置对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述通信装置支持的最大带宽；
所述通信装置期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述通信装置期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述通信装置的应用类型；
所述通信装置的传输的数据包大小；
所述通信装置期望的调度模式；
所述通信装置期望的搜索空间；
所述通信装置期望的调度格式；或，
所述通信装置期望的时隙格式。
结合第十六方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十六方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在所述通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述通信装置的配置。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息还携带第二时间信息，所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3：根据所述第一消息携带的第二时间信息，确定无法在所述第二时间信息对应的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。
关于第十六方面或第十六方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十七方面，提供第十一种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第五通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所 述通信装置与终端设备之间通信的SRB3，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述通信装置为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
所述收发器，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
所述处理器，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在所处理器根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3之后，向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第十七方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息。
结合第十七方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十七方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十七方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十七方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述通信装置发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述通信装置发送辅助信息。
结合第十七方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第十七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
结合第十七方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十七方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，
所述处理模块，还用于在所述收发模块通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息之后，根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的空口参数或所述终端设备的业务信息；
所述收发模块，还用于通过所述SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
关于第十七方面或第十七方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十八方面，提供第十二种通信装置，该通信装置例如为如前所述的第六通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于实现上述第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的，所述通信设备为网络设备。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。其中，收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片，那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口，该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接，以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。其中，
所述收发器，用于接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
所述处理器，用于确定建立SRB3，或配置SRB3，或拒绝建立SRB3；
所述收发器，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
结合第十八方面，在第十八方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
结合第十八方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于将所述第一子能力信息发送给所述第一网络设备。
结合第十八方面或第十八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十八方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，所述收发器，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
结合第十八方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
结合第十八方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第十八方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
结合第十八方面的第三种可能的实施方式至第十八方面的第五种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述收发器，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述通信装置相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息。
结合第十八方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述通信装置相关的信息，所述收发器，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
结合第十八方面或第十八方面的第一种可能的实施方式至第十八方面的第七种可能的实施方式中的任一种可能的实施方式，在第十八方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
关于第十八方面或第十八方面的各种可能的实施方式的技术效果，可参考对于第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的实施方式的效果的介绍。
第十九方面，提供第十三种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第一通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储 的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十三种通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十三种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十三种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十方面，提供第十四种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第二通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十四种通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十四种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是第一网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十四种通信装置为设置在第一网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十一方面，提供第十五种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第三通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十五种通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十五种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是第二网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十五种通信装置为设置在第二网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十二方面，提供第十六种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第四通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十六种通信装置执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十六种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十六种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十三方面，提供第十七种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第五通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。示例性地，所述网络设备为第一网络设备。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十七种通信装置执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的 方法。
其中，第十七种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是第一网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十七种通信装置为设置在第一网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十四方面，提供第十八种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第六通信装置。示例性地，所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。示例性地，所述网络设备为第二网络设备。该通信装置包括：存储器，用于存储计算机可执行程序代码；以及处理器，处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令，当处理器执行所述指令时，使第十八种通信装置执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。
其中，第十八种通信装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口可以是第二网络设备中的收发器，例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现，或者，如果第十八种通信装置为设置在第二网络设备中的芯片，则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口，例如输入/输出管脚等。
第二十五方面，提供第一种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括第七方面所述的第一种通信装置、第十三方面所述的第七种通信装置或第十九方面所述的第十三种通信装置，包括第八方面所述的第二种通信装置、第十四方面所述的第八种通信装置或第二十方面所述的第十四种通信装置，以及包括第九方面所述的第三种通信装置、第十五方面所述的第九种通信装置或第二十一方面所述的第十五种通信装置。
第二十六方面，提供第二种通信系统，该通信系统可以包括第十方面所述的第四种通信装置、第十六方面所述的第十种通信装置或第二十一方面所述的第十六种通信装置，包括第十一方面所述的第五种通信装置、第十七方面所述的第十一种通信装置或第二十二方面所述的第十七种通信装置，以及包括第十二方面所述的第六种通信装置、第十八方面所述的第十二种通信装置或第二十四方面所述的第十八种通信装置。
第一种通信系统和第二种通信系统可以是同一个通信系统，或者也可以是不同的通信系统。
第二十七方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第二十八方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第二十九方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十一方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十二方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十三方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十四方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十五方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十六方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十七方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第三十八方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过SRB3向作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，则辅网络设备也能获得终端设备的辅助信息，从而辅网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。
附图说明
图1A为3X架构下的控制面的示意图；
图1B为3X架构下的数据面/用户面的示意图；
图2A为EN-DC架构下辅基站也能向终端设备发送RRC信令的示意图；
图2B为NR-NR DC架构下辅基站也能向终端设备发送RRC信令的示意图；
图3～图6B为本申请实施例的几种应用场景的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的示意性框图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的另一示意性框图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一种第一网络设备的示意性框图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的第一种第一网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的第一种第二网络设备的示意性框图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的第一种第二网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的示意性框图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的另一示意性框图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的第二种第一网络设备的示意性框图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的第二种第一网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的第二种第二网络设备的示意性框图；
图20为本申请实施例提供的第二种第二网络设备的另一示意性框图；
图21为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图；
图22为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图；
图23为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。
以下，对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
1)终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet of things，IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设 备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
而如上介绍的各种终端设备，如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内)，都可以认为是车载终端设备，车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit，OBU)。
2)网络设备，例如包括接入网(access network，AN)设备，例如基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者例如，一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)应用的固定基础设施实体，可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。接入网设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如，接入网设备可以包括LTE系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以包括5G NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。
当然网络设备还可以包括核心网设备，但因为本申请实施例提供的技术方案主要涉及的是接入网设备，因此在后文中，如无特殊说明，则后文所描述的“网络设备”均是指接入网设备。
3)多无线双连接(multi-radio dual connectivity，MR-DC)。
在LTE系统中，终端设备支持同时接入到两个网络设备，这种接入方式称为DC，其中一个网络设备为主网络设备，另一个网络设备为辅网络设备。在无线通信系统的发展演进过程中，运营商会同时部署5G NR系统和LTE系统，终端设备也支持同时接入到LTE的网络设备和NR的网络设备。因为LTE又被称为演进的通用陆面无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)，所以这种接入方式被称为EN-DC。在EN-DC模式下，LTE的网络设备为主网络设备，NR的网络设备为辅网络设备，当然随着系统的演进，未来也可以支持新空口与演进的通用陆面无线接入双连接(NR E-UTRA dual connectivity，NE-DC)，即NR的网络设备为主网络设备，LTE的网络设备为辅网络设备。对于NR系统内的两个网络设备，也可以组成NR-NR DC，即主网络设备和辅网络设备均为NR网络设备。EN-DC(包括连接4G核心网EN-DC以及5G核心网的EN-DC)、NE-DC和NR-NR DC这些DC模式等被统称为MR-DC。
4)终端设备的能力，也可以理解为是终端设备的接入能力，可通过终端设备的能力信息体现。其中，如果终端设备通过UE实现，那么终端设备的能力信息也可以称为UE能力信息，或者也可以称为UE接入能力(access capability)。终端设备的能力信息例如包括：分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)参数、物理层参数、射频参数、测量参数等，其中射频能力又可以包括终端设备支持的频带组合(band combination)，以及终端设备在这些频带组合的载波上支持的调制方式，多输入多输出(multiple-input  multiple-output，MIMO)能力，带宽，子载波间隔(SCS)等。频带组合是指终端设备可以同时工作的频带以及这些频带上的载波组合。当然，上述能力参数或能力信息为示例的能力参数或能力信息，终端设备的能力信息可以包括上述能力参数中的一个或者多个、以及上述能力信息中的一个或者多个，具体完整的能力信息本申请实施例在此不多赘述。
另外，终端设备发送给网络设备的能力信息，可以包含该终端设备的多种无线接入技术的能力信息。其中，终端设备如果支持一种无线接入技术，就会有对应于该无线接入技术的能力信息，该能力信息就是终端设备的该种无线接入技术的能力信息，或者理解为，终端设备的一种无线接入技术的能力信息，是终端设备工作在一种无线接入技术下时具有的能力信息。或者也可以将终端设备的一种无线接入技术的能力信息描述为，终端设备在一种无线接入技术下的能力信息。无线接入技术例如包括：NR、LTE、LTE-NR，通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入技术(UMTS terrestrial radio access，UTRA)、增强型数据速率GSM演进无线接入技术(GSM EDGE radio access network，GERAN)、及码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)2000-1XRTT中的至少一种，还可能包括其他的无线接入技术。其中LTE-NR的能力包括终端设备工作使用LTE技术和NR技术同时工作时分别在LTE侧和NR侧支持的能力。
5)“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a,b,或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c，其中a,b,c可以是单个，也可以是多个。
以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如，第一信息和第二信息，只是为了区分不同的信令，而并不是表示这两种信息的内容、优先级、发送顺序或者重要程度等的不同。
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念，下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。
目前，LTE系统提供了较好的覆盖。在运营商进行网络升级和布网等过程中，先期很有可能采用非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)的布网方式，即，通过部署一些NR基站，通过3X架构，使得NR基站可以提供数据面的热点服务。在3X架构下，所连接的核心网是演进型分组核心网(evolved packet core，EPC)，请参考图1A和图1B，为3X架构的示意图。
图1A为3X架构的控制面结构。其中移动性管理实体(mobility management entity，MME)为核心网中的控制单元，MME通过S1-MME接口与主节点(master node，MN)之间传递控制信令，为了便于理解，可以将主节点理解为主基站。主基站为主eNB(master eNB，MeNB)，MeNB再通过X2接口与作为辅节点(secondary node，SN)的gNB之间传递控制信令。同样为了便于理解，可以将辅节点理解为辅基站。
图1B为3X架构的数据面结构。其中服务网关(serving gateway，S-GW)为核心网中的网关单元。由于gNB相对于eNB来讲具有较为强大的空口能力，因此在数据面，S-GW通过S1-U接口直接连接gNB，以向gNB发送数据，gNB再通过X2接口连接MeNB，从 而可以将从S-GW接收的数据传输给MeNB。
在NR系统中，目前也同意了NR基站和NR基站之间做双连接，便于给终端设备提供更好的覆盖以及更大的吞吐量，这种双连接的结构可以称为NR-NR DC。对于EN-DC以及NR-NR DC，控制面均在主基站下，辅基站主要工作在数据面。但主基站也可以为辅基站配置SRB3，从而辅基站也可以通过SRB3对终端设备进行一些相应的配置。目前，辅基站通过SRB3一般可以为终端设备进行测量配置、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层的配置、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层的配置、物理层(PHY)的配置、无线链路失败(radio link failure，RLF)的定时器(timer)的配置以及辅小区组(secondary cell group，SCG)的配置等。其中，RLF的定时器的配置是指，如果终端设备认为与辅基站之间的无线链路失败(例如终端设备在该定时器超时时也未接收来自辅基站的数据包)，则终端设备可以发送失败信息。同样的，终端设备也可以通过SRB3向辅基站发送失败信息(failure information)、测量报告或无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)重配置完成消息等。其中失败信息例如为，终端设备对于来自辅基站的数据包的完整性验证失败，则可以通过SRB3向辅基站发送失败信息。
例如请参考图2A，在EN-DC架构下，作为主基站的LTE基站可以通过Uu接口向终端设备发送RRC消息。而主基站也可以通过X2接口与作为辅基站的NR基站交互，例如可以为辅基站建立SRB3，则辅基站也可以通过Uu接口向终端设备发送RRC消息。其中，主基站与核心网设备之间的接口为S1接口。
或者请参考图2B，在NR-NR DC架构下，作为主基站的NR基站可以通过Uu接口向终端设备发送RRC消息。而主基站也可以通过X2接口与作为辅基站的另一个NR基站交互，例如可以为辅基站建立SRB3，则辅基站也可以通过Uu接口向终端设备发送RRC消息。其中，主基站与核心网设备之间的接口为NG-C接口。
在EN-DC架构下，作为主基站的LTE基站可以通过SRB1向终端设备下发配置，例如配置终端设备上报终端设备的辅助信息，以帮助LTE基站根据终端设备的辅助信息了解终端设备的状况，从而更好地调度终端设备。终端设备的辅助信息例如包括终端设备的过热信息，过热信息例如包括终端设备倾向于减少终端设备的上下行辅小区数，或终端设备所倾向的上下行能力集合等。终端设备向LTE基站发送辅助信息，便于LTE基站在终端设备发生过热问题时可以指示终端设备释放一些资源。
目前在EN-DC架构下，终端设备只能向作为主基站的LTE基站发送终端设备的辅助信息，LTE基站在接收终端设备的辅助信息后可以做出决策。例如终端设备向LTE基站发送了过热信息，那么LTE基站可能做出的一种决策为，令终端设备释放与作为辅基站的NR基站之间的连接，使得终端设备改为工作在单连接的结构下。终端设备工作在单连接的结构下之后，只能从LTE基站接收数据，而无法再从NR基站接收数据。这会影响终端设备的吞吐量。而且根据前文的介绍可知，在3X架构下，NR基站是直接从核心网接收数据的，NR基站所拥有的数据量较大，且NR基站的空口能力较强，如果终端设备与NR基站之间具有连接，则终端设备可以接收大量的来自NR基站的数据。但是如果终端设备释放了NR基站，则终端设备只能接收来自LTE基站的数据，显然对于终端设备来说，传输性能下降较为明显。
而对于NR-NR DC架构来说，因为是全新的架构，因此终端设备究竟如何向网络设备 发送辅助信息，还尚未讨论。
鉴于此，提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过SRB3向作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，例如辅助信息可以包括终端设备的过热信息，那么相当于辅网络设备也能获得终端设备的过热信息，从而辅网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。
本申请实施例应用的场景为终端设备工作在双连接模式下，例如为EN-DC模式，或者为NR-NR DC模式。其中终端设备同时接入到双连接模式下的主网络设备和辅网络设备。需要说明的是，主网络设备和辅网络设备可以部署在同一个站点上，如图3、图4A和图4B所示。其中，图4A和图4B是对于网络设备和终端设备的硬件结构的示意，区别是，终端设备对于LTE和NR是采用同一套收发器还是不同的收发器。或者，主网络设备和辅网络设备也可以部署在不同的站点上，如图5、图6A和图6B所示。其中，图5是对于网络设备和终端设备的硬件结构的示意。并且，当主网络设备和辅网络设备部署在同一个站点上时，主网络设备和辅网络设备可以共享同一套硬件设备，如图4A或图4B所示，为主网络设备和辅网络设备共享部分硬件设备的示意图，图4A或图4B中，主网络设备和辅网络设备可以共享收发器。或者，当主网络设备和辅网络设备部署在同一个站点上时，主网络设备和辅网络设备也可以分别使用不同的硬件设备。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法，请参见图7，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构为例。另外，该方法可由三个通信装置执行，这三个通信装置例如为第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置，其中，第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第一通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第二通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。对于第三通信装置也是同样，第三通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第三通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。且对于第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置的实现方式均不做限制，例如第一通信装置可以是网络设备，第二通信装置是网络设备，第三通信装置是终端设备，或者第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置都是网络设备，或者第一通信装置、第二通信装置和第三通信装置都是终端设备，或者第一通信装置是网络设备，第二通信装置是网络设备，第三通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的芯片系统，等等。其中，网络设备例如为基站。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例，也就是说，以第一通信装置是网络设备(在下文中也称为第一网络设备)、第二通信装置是网络设备(在下文中也称为第二网络设备)、第三通信装置是终端设备为例。因为本实施例是以应用在图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构为例，因此，下文 中所述的终端设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的终端设备。另外，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的辅网络设备，下文中所述的第二网络设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的主网络设备。且，如果是EN-DC架构，则主网络设备是LTE网络设备，辅网络设备是NR网络设备，或者，如果是NR-NR DC架构，则主网络设备和辅网络设备都是NR网络设备。
S701、终端设备向第二网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的终端设备的能力信息。
终端设备的能力信息可以包括对应于第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于第一网络设备和第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。以EN-DC架构为例，则第一子能力信息是终端设备的NR能力信息，第二子能力信息是终端设备的LTE能力信息，第三子能力信息则是终端设备的EN-DC能力信息。终端设备的EN-DC能力信息，可以是指终端设备在EN-DC下的能力信息的组合。这里所述的能力信息的组合，是用来表达终端设备在两个网络设备对应的无线接入技术同时工作时所支持的组合的能力。例如，终端设备在第一网络设备对应的无线接入技术下支持频带组合1，在第二网络设备对应的无线接入技术下支持频带组合2，则第一能力信息包括的一个能力信息的组合可以是频带组合1和频带组合2。
NR网络设备相较于LTE网络设备来说，可以支持一些新的能力或特性，例如节电(power saving)等能力。而终端设备的版本也在不断演进，例如对于版本(Rel)16的终端设备来说，也能支持这些新的特性。而这些特性是需要终端设备与NR网络设备相配合才能发挥作用，例如NR网络可以给终端设备配置针对该新特性的相关信息上报，进而终端设备可以向NR网络设备发送有关新特性的相关信息，以供NR网络设备帮助终端设备节能。而这些新的特性的信息也都属于终端设备的辅助信息，在EN-DC架构下，终端设备只能向主网络设备发送辅助信息，而不能向辅网络设备发送辅助信息。而主网络设备是LTE网络设备，由于LTE系统并不支持这些新特性，因此LTE系统也并未提供用于供终端设备向LTE发送这些新特性的消息，所以终端设备无法向LTE网络设备发送这些新特性的信息。因此在EN-DC架构下，终端设备无法向所连接的任何一个网络设备发送终端设备所具有的新特性的信息，从而导致终端设备无法享受到这些新特性。在本申请的各个实施例中，新特性，也可以称为新能力。
鉴于此，在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以终端设备的能力信息发送给第二网络设备，终端设备的能力信息就可以包括终端设备所支持的一些新能力的信息。例如终端设备将第一子能力信息、第二子能力信息和第三子能力信息都发送给第二网络设备。而其中的第一子能力信息是对应于第一网络设备的，其中的第三子能力信息也与第一网络设备有关，因此第二网络设备可以将第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息发送给第一网络设备，则第一网络设备可以接收来自第二网络设备的第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息，这样，第一网络设备就获得了终端设备的能力信息。当第一网络设备与第二网络设备为同一通信系统时，如NR-NR DC的情况下，第一子能力信息与第二子能力信息是同一能力信息，即可以理解为终端设备只发送第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息给第二网络设备，第二网络设备再将第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息发送给第一网络设备。图7所示的S701就包括终端设备 向第二网络设备发送能力信息的过程，以及包括第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息的过程。
例如对于EN-DC架构来说，第二网络设备来说不支持第一子能力信息，因此可能也无法识别第一子能力信息，那么在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以为第一子能力信息添加标识，从而第二网络设备只需将第一子能力信息透传给第一网络设备即可，无需进行识别。例如终端设备可以为第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息添加标识，该标识用于指示第一网络设备，从而第二网络设备接收第一子能力信息、第二子能力信息和第三子能力信息后，可以将第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息发送给第一网络设备。通过这种方式，使得终端设备实现了能力信息的上报，也使得第一网络设备能够获知终端设备所支持的一些新的能力的信息，从而第一网络设备可以就这些新能力与终端设备进行交互，使得终端设备能够享受到新能力带来的技术提升。
S702、第一网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的配置信息。该配置信息用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
在S701中介绍了，第二网络设备接收终端设备的能力信息后，可以将第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息都发送给第一网络设备，那么第一网络设备接收第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息后，可以确定终端设备的能力。例如第一网络设备认为终端设备具有一些第一网络设备所支持的新的能力，那么第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息，以配置终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。例如第一网络设备可以通过SRB3向终端设备发送配置信息，则终端设备通过SRB3接收来自第一网络设备的配置信息。
在现有技术中，SRB3是不能传输终端设备的辅助信息的，但本申请实施例令SRB3能够传输终端设备的辅助信息，从而终端设备可以将辅助信息发送给第一网络设备，使得第一网络设备能够对终端设备进行相应的配置。例如终端设备可以将过热信息发送给第一网络设备，从而第一网络设备可以配置终端设备进行相应的资源释放，而不至于使终端设备释放与第一网络设备之间的连接，从而保证终端设备的吞吐量，提高终端设备的传输性能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，配置信息除了指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息之外，还可以包括第一时间信息。例如配置信息包括第一信息和第一时间信息，第一信息就用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
第一时间信息例如为定时器的信息，或者为第一时刻的信息，或者为第一时长的信息等。第一时间信息可以用于指示，终端设备能够在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这也就表明第一时间信息隐含指示了，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围之外，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这相当于给终端设备通过SRB3发送辅助信息添加了时间限制，终端设备只能在规定的时间内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这种方式便于第二网络设备进行管理。
例如第一时间信息为定时器的信息。则终端设备接收配置信息后可以开启定时器，在该定时器超时之前，终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在该定时器超时时以及超时之后，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。或者，第一时间信息为第一时刻的信息。则终端设备从接收配置信息开始，直到第一时刻到来之前， 都可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时刻到来后，终端设备不能再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。或者，第一时间信息为第一时长的信息。则终端设备可以从接收配置信息开始计时，直到第一时长的结束时刻到来之前，都可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一一时长的结束时刻到来后，终端设备不能再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息可以用于指示，终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围内不能再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。这也就表明第一时间信息隐含指示了，终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后，在第一时间信息所指示的时间范围之外，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。通过这种方式，可以避免终端设备频繁向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，减轻第一网络设备的负担。
例如第一时间信息为定时器的信息。则终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后可以开启定时器，在该定时器超时之前，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在该定时器超时时以及超时之后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。或者，第一时间信息为第一时刻的信息。则终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息完成开始，直到第一时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。或者，第一时间信息为第一时长的信息。则终端设备可以在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息完成后开始计时，直到第一时长的结束时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一一时长的结束时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，配置信息除了指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息之外，还可以包括辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息。例如配置信息包括第一信息和至少一个参数的信息，第一信息就用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。配置信息可以指示上报辅助信息中包括哪些参数信息，如针对具有节电和过热特性的终端设备，配置信息只指示上报关于节电的相关辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，或者上报关于过热的相关辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，或者上报节电和过热的相关辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息。例如，可以将辅助信息进行分类，例如辅助信息包括第一类信息和第二类信息，第一类信息例如为与过热相关的信息，第二类信息例如为与节电相关的信息。那么，配置信息可以包括比特映射(bitmap)，该bitmap例如包括2比特，这2个比特与辅助信息包括的两类信息一一对应。那么，如果有1个比特取值为“1”，则表明至少一个参数包括该比特所对应的一类信息对应的参数，或者，如果有1个比特取值为“0”，则表明至少一个参数不包括该比特所对应的一类信息对应的参数。例如，bitmap包括2比特，其中的低位比特对应于第一类型信息，高位比特对应于第二类信息。那么，如果这2比特的取值为“11”，就表明至少一个参数包括第一类信息对应的参数和第二类信息对应的参数，则终端设备在发送辅助信息时，需要发送第一类信息对应的参数的取值和第二类信息对应的参数的取值。针对某一特性，如过热特性，配置信息也可以指示只上报该特性中的某些参数信息，也可以通过类似比特映射的形式指示哪些参数信息需要上报。
例如，配置信息可以包括第一信息，另外还可以包括第一时间信息或至少一个参数的信息中的至少一种。例如，配置信息包括第一信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息和第一时间信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息和至少一个参数的信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息、第一时间信息和至少一个参数的信息。
S702是以第一网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息为例，或者，还有可能是第二网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，也就是如下的S703。
S703、第二网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的配置信息。该配置信息用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
其中，S702和S703可以选择其中一个执行即可，究竟执行哪一个，可以通过协议规定。
例如，第二网络设备可以根据终端设备的能力信息，确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，则第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息。或者，第二网络设备也可以根据其他的因素确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，例如第二网络设备也可以周期性配置终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息等，对于第二网络设备确定终端设备是否能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息的方式不做限制。当然，第二网络设备发送给终端设备的配置信息还可以包括主网络设备给终端设备的其他一些配置，具体的不做限制。
关于配置信息的介绍可参考S702，不多赘述。
S704、终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，第一网络设备通过SRB3接收来自终端设备的辅助信息。
终端设备在接收配置信息后，就可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。终端设备的辅助信息例如包括终端设备所期望的配置，或包括终端设备的业务信息，或包括终端设备所期望的配置以及终端设备的业务信息。其中，终端设备的业务信息，例如包括终端设备正在进行的业务的参数，例如终端设备正在进行的业务的类型或该业务所需要的带宽等。终端设备所期望的配置，例如为终端设备所期望的空口配置，例如终端设备所期望的时隙格式等。
例如，终端设备的辅助信息可以包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合：
终端设备的多输入多输出(multiple-input multiple-output，MIMO)层数；
终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
终端设备的天线端口数；
终端设备对应的辅小区(secondary serving cell，SCell)组的聚合带宽；
终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
终端设备支持的最大带宽；
终端设备期望的连接态下的非连续接收(connected-discontinuous reception，C-DRX)配置或参数；
终端设备期望的带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)配置或参数；
终端设备的应用类型；
终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
终端设备期望的调度模式；
终端设备期望的搜索空间；
终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
终端设备期望的时隙格式。
其中，终端设备对应的辅小区的数量、终端设备的天线端口数、终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽、或终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽等，都可以作为终端设备的过热信息。
当然，终端设备的辅助信息除了可以包括如上的至少一项之外，还可以包括其他的信息，或者，终端设备的辅助信息也可以不包括如上的任意一项，而是包括其他的信息，具体的不做限制。
其中，如果配置信息还包括第一时间信息，且第一时间信息指示终端设备能够在第一时间信息指示的时间范围内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，则终端设备可以在第一时间信息指示的时间范围内通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时间信息指示的时间范围之外，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。或者，如果第一时间信息指示终端设备在通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息后，在第一时间信息指示的时间范围内不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，则终端设备在执行S704后，在第一时间信息指示的时间范围内不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时间信息指示的时间范围之外，终端设备还是可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
如果配置信息还包括至少一个参数的信息，那么终端设备在S704中发送给网络设备的辅助信息可以是至少一个参数的取值。
例如，至少一个参数包括终端设备的MIMO层数、终端设备对应的辅小区的数量、终端设备的天线端口数以及终端设备期望的调度格式，那么终端设备在S704中发送给网络设备的辅助信息就包括终端设备的MIMO层数、终端设备对应的辅小区的数量、终端设备的天线端口数以及终端设备期望的调度格式。
通过这种方式，第一网络设备可以获得所需要的辅助信息，从而更好地对终端设备进行配置。
其中，终端设备发送给第一网络设备的辅助信息，可以只包括第一网络设备相关的信息，而不包括第二网络设备相关的信息，或者，也可以包括第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息。例如，第一网络设备可以事先通知终端设备，只向第一网络设备发送第一网络设备相关的信息；或者通知终端设备，如果终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二网络设备相关的信息，则第一网络设备会忽略；或者通知终端设备，如果终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二网络设备相关的信息，则第一网络设备会等待与第二网络设备进行协商。或者，第一网络设备也可以事先通知终端设备，向第一网络设备发送第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息。或者，终端设备究竟是向第一网络设备发送第一网络设备相关的信息，还是发送第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息，也可以通过协议规定。
例如，在现有技术中，如果终端设备要向网络设备发送终端设备对应的辅小区的数量，则发送的是对应于第一网络设备的辅小区数量和对应于第二网络设备的辅小区数量的总和，例如终端设备向网络设备发送的终端设备对应的辅小区的数量为10，则这10个辅小区中可 能包括第一网络设备对应的辅小区和第二网络设备对应的辅小区。如果终端设备将这样的辅助信息发送给第一网络设备，则由于牵涉到第二网络设备，因此第一网络设备可能对此并没有调度决策权。因此在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以只向第一网络设备发送第一网络设备相关的信息，例如，终端设备可以只将第一网络设备对应的辅小区的数量发送给第一网络设备，从而第一网络设备可以进行决策。
另外，如果终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送了第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息，那么第一网络设备在接收第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息后，可以将第二网络设备相关的信息再发送给第二网络设备，则第二网络设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的第二网络设备相关的信息。从而终端设备无需再向第二网络设备发送第二网络设备相关的信息，减少终端设备与网络设备之间的交互。
在S704中，是以终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息为例，或者还有可能，终端设备也可以将辅助信息发送给第二网络设备，可参考S705。
S705、终端设备第二网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的辅助信息。
其中，S704和S705可以选择其中一个执行即可，究竟执行哪一个，可以通过协议规定，如SRB3存在时可执行S704，而SRB3不存在时可执行S705。
例如，如果执行的是S703，则可以执行S704或S705，或者，如果执行的是S702，同样的既可以执行S704，也可以执行S705。
例如终端设备可以通过SRB1向第二网络设备发送辅助信息。例如终端设备发送给第二网络设备的辅助信息可以只包括第二网络设备相关的信息，而不包括第一网络设备相关的信息，或者也可以包括第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息。
其中，如果辅助信息包括第一网络设备相关的信息(或者说，是对应于第一网络设备的辅助信息)和第二网络设备相关的信息(或者说，是对应于第二网络设备的辅助信息)，则第二网络设备接收辅助信息后，可以再将第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备，第一网络设备可以接收来自第二网络设备的第一网络设备相关的信息，从而第一网络设备可以获得终端设备的辅助信息。图7中的S705包括终端设备向第二网络设备发送辅助信息的过程，也包括第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送辅助信息的过程，其中，第二网络设备发送给第一网络设备的辅助信息可以是对应于第一网络设备的辅助信息。
可以理解为，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第二网络设备相关的信息，以及可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送第一网络设备相关的信息，相当于终端设备可以分别将不同的网络设备相关的辅助信息发送给对应的网络设备，无需网络设备之间再转发辅助信息；或者，终端设备可以将辅助信息发送给第一网络设备，辅助信息包括第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息，再由第一网络设备将第二网络设备相关的信息发送给第二网络设备；或者，终端设备可以将辅助信息发送给第二网络设备，辅助信息包括第一网络设备相关的信息和第二网络设备相关的信息，再由第二网络设备将第一网络设备相关的信息发送给第一网络设备。在后面的两种方式中，终端设备都只需与一个网络设备交互即可，减少了终端设备与网络设备之间的交互过程。
S706、第一网络设备通过SRB3向终端设备发送调整信息，终端设备通过SRB3接收来自第一网络设备的调整信息。
第一网络设备在获得终端设备的辅助信息后，可以根据辅助信息确定如何调整终端设备的配置。例如，辅助信息包括终端设备期望的时隙格式，则第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置该时隙格式。本申请实施例对于第一网络设备究竟如何根据辅助信息确定调整信息不做限制。或者，第一网络设备也可以根据其他因素确定调整信息，具体的不做限制。
第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送调整信息，终端设备接收该调整信息后，就可以调整终端设备的配置。
在本申请实施例如前的介绍中，是以第一网络设备和终端设备之间已经建立了SRB3为前提的。第一网络设备和终端设备之间的SRB3，可以是第二网络设备主动建立的，或者还有可能，终端设备或第一网络设备也可以主动请求建立SRB3。
例如，第一网络设备如果确定可以通过SRB3与终端设备进行一些交互，例如第一网络设备是根据终端设备的能力信息(例如包括第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息)或其他的因素确定可以通过SRB3与终端设备进行一些交互，则第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，该请求消息用于请求建立用于第一网络设备与终端设备之间通信的SRB3。第二网络设备接收该请求消息后，可以决策是否为第一网络设备和终端设备建立SRB3。之后，第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送第一消息，则第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第一消息，第一消息例如可以用于建立SRB3，或者第一消息可以用于配置SRB3，或者，第一消息也可以指示无法建立SRB3。那么，如果第一消息用于建立SRB3，则第一网络设备可以根据第一消息建立SRB3，或者，如果第一消息用于配置SRB3，则第一网络设备可以根据第一消息配置SRB3，而“建立SRB3”和“配置SRB3”，可以理解为相同的含义。在建立SRB3后，就可以执行如上的S702～S705。或者，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则第一网络设备可以确定无法建立SRB3，则如上的S702～S705都无法执行。
或者，请求建立SRB3，该操作也可以由终端设备执行。例如，终端设备在向第二网络设备发送能力信息之前，或者也可以在向第二网络设备发送能力信息之后，可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，用于请求建立与第一网络设备之间的SRB3。例如，终端设备根据终端设备的能力信息确定终端设备能够与第一网络设备交互一些新的能力信息，则终端设备就可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，以请求建立与第一网络设备之间的SRB3。同样的，第二网络设备接收该请求消息后，可以决策是否为第一网络设备和终端设备建立SRB3。之后，第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一消息，则终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第一消息，第一消息例如可以用于建立SRB3，或者第一消息可以用于配置SRB3，或者，第一消息也可以指示无法建立SRB3。那么，如果第一消息用于建立SRB3，则终端设备可以根据第一消息建立SRB3，或者，如果第一消息用于配置SRB3，则终端设备可以根据第一消息配置SRB3，而“建立SRB3”和“配置SRB3”，可以理解为相同的含义。在建立SRB3后，就可以执行如上的S702～S705。或者，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则终端设备可以确定无法建立SRB3，则如上的S702～S705都无法执行。
无论是由第一网络设备发起请求还是由终端设备发起请求，作为一种可选的方式，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则第一消息还可以携带第二时间信息，第二时间信息可以指示，禁止在第二时间信息指示的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。相当于第二网络设备通过第二时间信息指示第一网络设备，在第二时间信息所指示的时间范围内，不要再请求建立SRB3，通过这种方式可以避免第一网络设备频繁向第二网络设备发起请求，减轻第二网 络设备的负担。
例如第二时间信息为定时器的信息。则终端设备接收第一消息后可以开启定时器，在该定时器超时之前，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在该定时器超时时以及超时之后，终端设备可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时刻的信息。则终端设备从接收第一消息开始，直到第一时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时长的信息。则终端设备可以从接收第一消息开始计时，直到第一时长的结束时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一一时长的结束时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
另外在本申请实施例中，在S701之前，如果第一网络设备和第二网络设备还未形成双连接的结构，那么，如果第二网络设备认为可以将第一网络设备作为辅网络设备，则第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送请求消息，第一网络设备可以接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，该请求消息用于请求第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备。第一网络设备在接收请求消息后，可以向第二网络设备发送响应消息，第二网络设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的响应消息，该响应消息用于指示第一网络设备同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，或用于指示第一网络设备不同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备。那么，如果该响应消息用于指示第一网络设备同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，则第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息，用于配置第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，从而第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以构成双连接的结构。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过SRB3向作为辅网络设备的第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，例如辅助信息可以包括终端设备的过热信息，那么相当于辅网络设备也能获得终端设备的过热信息，从而辅网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。
图7所示的实施例中，认为第一网络设备和终端设备之间已经建立了SRB3。而还有可能，第一网络设备和终端设备之间并未建立SRB3，目前只能等待第二网络设备主动为第一网络设备和终端设备建立SRB3。在这种情况下，当第一网络设备和终端设备之间有信息需要传输时，如果未建立SRB3，则无法传输。
鉴于此，本申请实施例提供第二种通信方法，通过这种方法，使得第一网络设备或终端设备可以主动请求建立SRB3。请参见图8，为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中，以该方法应用于图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构为例。另外，该方法可由三个通信装置执行，这两个通信装置例如为第四通信装置、第五通信装置和第六通信装置，其中，第四通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第四通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。第五通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第五通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。对于第六通信装置也是同样，第六通信装置可以是网 络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，或者第六通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置，当然还可以是其他通信装置，例如芯片系统。且对于第四通信装置、第五通信装置和第六通信装置的实现方式均不做限制，例如第四通信装置可以是网络设备，第五通信装置是网络设备，第六通信装置是终端设备，或者第四通信装置、第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是网络设备，或者第四通信装置、第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是终端设备，或者第四通信装置是能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的芯片系统，第五通信装置是网络设备，第六通信装置是终端设备，等等。其中，网络设备例如为基站。
为了便于介绍，在下文中，以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例，也就是说，以第四通信装置是网络设备(在下文中也称为第一网络设备)、第五通信装置是网络设备(在下文中也称为第二网络设备)、第六通信装置是终端设备为例。因为本实施例是以应用在图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构为例，因此，下文中所述的终端设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的终端设备。另外，下文中所述的第一网络设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的辅网络设备，下文中所述的第二网络设备可以是图3、图4A、图4B、图5、图6A或图6B中的任一个附图所示的网络架构中的主网络设备。且，如果是EN-DC架构，则主网络设备是LTE网络设备，辅网络设备是NR网络设备，或者，如果是NR-NR DC架构，则主网络设备和辅网络设备都是NR网络设备。
S801、终端设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于终端设备与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3。
例如，终端设备根据终端设备的能力信息确定终端设备能够与第一网络设备交互一些新的能力信息，则终端设备就可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，以请求建立与第一网络设备之间的SRB3。
S802、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息，终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述第一消息。所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或者用于配置SRB3，或者用于指示无法建立SRB3。
第二网络设备接收终端设备的请求消息后，可以决策是否为第一网络设备和终端设备建立SRB3。之后，第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一消息，则终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第一消息，第一消息例如可以用于建立SRB3，或者第一消息可以用于配置SRB3，或者，第一消息也可以指示无法建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的方式，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则第一消息还可以携带第二时间信息，第二时间信息可以指示，禁止在第二时间信息指示的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。相当于第二网络设备通过第二时间信息指示终端设备，在第二时间信息所指示的时间范围内，不要再请求建立SRB3，通过这种方式可以避免终端设备频繁向第二网络设备发起请求，减轻第二网络设备的负担。
S803、终端设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
如果第一消息用于建立SRB3，则终端设备可以根据第一消息建立SRB3，或者，如果 第一消息用于配置SRB3，则终端设备可以根据第一消息配置SRB3，而“建立SRB3”和“配置SRB3”，可以理解为相同的含义。或者，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则终端设备可以确定无法建立SRB3。
另外，如果第一消息还携带了第二时间信息，则终端设备可以确定无法在第二时间信息指示的时间范围内请求建立SRB3，则在第二时间信息所指示的时间范围内，终端设备不会再向第二网络设备请求建立SRB3。
例如第二时间信息为定时器的信息。则终端设备接收第一消息后可以开启定时器，在该定时器超时之前，终端设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在该定时器超时时以及超时之后，终端设备可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时刻的信息。则终端设备从接收第一消息开始，直到第一时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时长的信息。则终端设备可以从接收第一消息开始计时，直到第一时长的结束时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一一时长的结束时刻到来后，终端设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
S801～S803，是以终端设备请求建立SRB3为例，而还有可能，SRB3是第一网络设备请求建立的。
S804、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于终端设备与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3。
例如，第一网络设备可以获取终端设备的能力信息，从而根据终端设备的能力信息确定终端设备能够与第一网络设备交互一些新的能力信息，则第一网络设备就可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，以请求建立与第一网络设备之间的SRB3。
S805、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一消息，第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述第一消息。所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或者用于配置SRB3，或者用于指示无法建立SRB3。
第二网络设备接收第一网络设备的请求消息后，可以决策是否为第一网络设备和终端设备建立SRB3。之后，第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送第一消息，则第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第一消息，第一消息例如可以用于建立SRB3，或者第一消息可以用于配置SRB3，或者，第一消息也可以指示无法建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的方式，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则第一消息还可以携带第二时间信息，第二时间信息可以指示，禁止在第二时间信息指示的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。相当于第二网络设备通过第二时间信息指示第一网络设备，在第二时间信息所指示的时间范围内，不要再请求建立SRB3，通过这种方式可以避免第一网络设备频繁向第二网络设备发起请求，减轻第二网络设备的负担。
S806、第一网络设备根据所述第一消息建立用于与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
如果第一消息用于建立SRB3，则第一网络设备可以根据第一消息建立SRB3，或者， 如果第一消息用于配置SRB3，则第一网络设备可以根据第一消息配置SRB3，而“建立SRB3”和“配置SRB3”，可以理解为相同的含义。或者，如果第一消息用于指示无法建立SRB3，则第一网络设备可以确定无法建立SRB3。
另外，如果第一消息还携带了第二时间信息，则第一网络设备可以确定无法在第二时间信息指示的时间范围内请求建立SRB3，则在第二时间信息所指示的时间范围内，第一网络设备不会再向第二网络设备请求建立SRB3。
例如第二时间信息为定时器的信息。则第一网络设备接收第一消息后可以开启定时器，在该定时器超时之前，第一网络设备不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在该定时器超时时以及超时之后，第一网络设备可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时刻的信息。则第一网络设备从接收第一消息开始，直到第一时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一时刻到来后，第一网络设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
或者，第一时间信息为第一时长的信息。则第一网络设备可以从接收第一消息开始计时，直到第一时长的结束时刻到来之前，都不能通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息，而在第一一时长的结束时刻到来后，第一网络设备可以再通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
其中，S801～S803与S804～S806之间可以是并列的方案，究竟执行哪一种方案，可以通过协议规定，或者由第二网络设备配置等。或者，S801～S803和S804～S806也可以都执行。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，从而可以在需要传输相应信息时建立SRB3，而不是只能被动等待第二网络设备主动建立SRB3。
S807、终端设备向第二网络设备发送终端设备的能力信息，第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的终端设备的能力信息。
关于S807，可参考图7所示的实施例中的S701。图8所示的S807也包括终端设备向第二网络设备发送能力信息的过程，以及包括第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息的过程。
其中，如果执行S801～S803，则S801可以发生在S807之前，或者也可以发生在S807之后；或者，如果执行S804～S806，则S804可以发生在S807之前，或者也可以发生在S807之后。例如，第二网络设备在获得第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息后，确定终端设备能够与第一网络设备交互一些新的能力信息，则第一网络设备就可以向第二网络设备发送请求消息，以请求建立与第一网络设备之间的SRB3。在这种情况下，S804就发生在S807之后。
S808、第一网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的配置信息。该配置信息用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
在SRB3建立后，第一网络设备可以通过SRB3向终端设备发送配置信息。例如，第一网络设备接收第一子能力信息和第三子能力信息后，可以确定终端设备的能力。例如第一网络设备认为终端设备具有一些第一网络设备所支持的新的能力(或，称为新特性)，那么第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息，以配置终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设 备发送辅助信息。
在现有技术中，SRB3是不能传输终端设备的辅助信息的，但本申请实施例令SRB3能够传输终端设备的辅助信息，从而终端设备可以将辅助信息发送给第一网络设备，使得第一网络设备能够对终端设备进行相应的配置。例如终端设备可以将过热信息发送给第一网络设备，从而第一网络设备可以配置终端设备进行相应的资源释放，而不至于使终端设备释放与第一网络设备之间的连接，从而保证终端设备的吞吐量，提高终端设备的传输性能。
作为一种可选的实施方式，配置信息除了指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息之外，还可以包括第一时间信息。例如配置信息包括第一信息和第一时间信息，第一信息就用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，配置信息除了指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息之外，还可以包括辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息。例如配置信息包括第一信息和至少一个参数的信息，第一信息就用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
例如，配置信息可以包括第一信息，另外还可以包括第一时间信息或至少一个参数的信息中的至少一种。例如，配置信息包括第一信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息和第一时间信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息和至少一个参数的信息，或者，配置信息包括第一信息、第一时间信息和至少一个参数的信息。
具体的，关于S808所涉及的相应内容，可参考图7所示的实施例中的S702的介绍。
S809是以第一网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息为例，或者，还有可能是第二网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，也就是如下的S810。
S810、第二网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的配置信息。该配置信息用于指示终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息。
其中，S809和S810可以选择其中一个执行即可，究竟执行哪一个，可以通过协议规定。
关于S810所涉及的相应内容，可参考图7所示的实施例中的S703的介绍。
S811、终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，第一网络设备通过SRB3接收来自终端设备的辅助信息。
关于S811的内容，例如辅助信息等的介绍，可参考图7所示的实施例中的S704。
在S811中，是以终端设备通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息为例，或者还有可能，终端设备也可以将辅助信息发送给第二网络设备，可参考S812。
S812、终端设备第二网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的辅助信息。
其中，S811和S812可以选择其中一个执行即可，究竟执行哪一个，可以通过协议规定，如存在SRB3时执行S811，不存在时执行S812。
例如，如果执行的是S809，则可以执行S811或S812，或者，如果执行的是S810，同样的既可以执行S811，也可以执行S812。
关于S812的内容，例如辅助信息等的介绍，可参考图7所示的实施例中的S705。在图8所示的S812中，也包括终端设备向第二网络设备发送辅助信息的过程，以及第二网络设 备向第一网络设备发送辅助信息的过程。其中，第二网络设备发送给第一网络设备的辅助信息，可以是对应于第一网络设备的辅助信息。
S813、第一网络设备通过SRB3向终端设备发送调整信息，终端设备通过SRB3接收来自第一网络设备的调整信息。
第一网络设备在获得终端设备的辅助信息后，可以根据辅助信息确定如何调整终端设备的配置。例如，辅助信息包括终端设备期望的时隙格式，则第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置该时隙格式。本申请实施例对于第一网络设备究竟如何根据辅助信息确定调整信息不做限制。或者，第一网络设备也可以根据其他因素确定调整信息，具体的不做限制。
第一网络设备可以向终端设备发送调整信息，终端设备接收该调整信息后，就可以调整终端设备的配置。
另外在本申请实施例中，在S801之前，如果第一网络设备和第二网络设备还未形成双连接的结构，那么，如果第二网络设备认为可以将第一网络设备作为辅网络设备，则第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送请求消息，第一网络设备可以接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，该请求消息用于请求第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备。第一网络设备在接收请求消息后，可以向第二网络设备发送响应消息，第二网络设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的响应消息，该响应消息用于指示第一网络设备同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，或用于指示第一网络设备不同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备。那么，如果该响应消息用于指示第一网络设备同意第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，则第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息，用于配置第一网络设备作为第二网络设备的辅网络设备，从而第一网络设备和第二网络设备可以构成双连接的结构。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或第一网络设备可以主动请求建立SRB3，从而可以在需要传输相应信息时建立SRB3，而不是只能被动等待第二网络设备主动建立SRB3。在SRB3建立后，终端设备可以与第一网络设备通过SRB3传输相应的控制信息，例如终端设备可以通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备的辅助信息，从而第一网络设备也能够获得终端设备的辅助信息，以对终端设备进行相应的配置，使得终端设备的配置能够符合终端设备和第一网络设备的需求。例如终端设备发送的辅助信息可以包括终端设备的过热信息，那么相当于第一网络设备也能获得终端设备的过热信息，从而第一网络设备可以对终端设备进行相应的配置，不至于使终端设备释放与辅网络设备之间的连接，从而有助于提高终端设备的传输性能。
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此，上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中，重复的内容不再赘述。
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信设备900的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备900例如为终端设备900。终端设备900包括处理模块910和收发模块920。其中，处理模块910可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如终端设备确定终端设备的能力信息的操作，确定终端设备的辅助信息的操作，根据调整信息调整终端设备的配置或业务信息的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块920可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图7所示的实施例中的S701、S703、S704、S705和S706，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技 术的其它过程。
处理模块910，用于确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；
收发模块920，用于通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，终端设备确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送终端设备900的辅助信息，包括：
收发模块920，还用于接收来自第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
处理模块910，还用于根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，处理模块910还用于：
根据所述第一时间信息确定，终端设备900在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
根据所述第一时间信息确定，终端设备900在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，处理模块910，还用于确定能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块920，还用于在通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整终端设备900的配置。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
终端设备900的MIMO层数；
终端设备900对应的辅小区的数量；
终端设备900的天线端口数；
终端设备900对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
终端设备900对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
终端设备900支持的最大带宽；
终端设备900期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
终端设备900期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
终端设备900的应用类型；
终端设备900的传输的数据包大小；或，
终端设备900期望的调度模式；
终端设备900期望的搜索空间；
终端设备900期望的调度格式；
终端设备900期望的时隙格式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块920，还用于向第二网络设备发送终端设备900的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块920，还用于：
向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于终端设备900与所述第一网络设备之间通信的所述SRB3，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为终端设备900建立所述SRB3或用于为所述终端设备配置SRB3。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块910可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块920可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图10所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1000。示例性地，通信设备1000例如为终端设备1000。终端设备1000包括处理器1010，存储器1020与收发器1030，其中，存储器1020中存储指令或程序，处理器1010用于执行存储器1020中存储的指令或程序。存储器1020中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1010用于执行上述实施例中处理模块910执行的操作，收发器1030用于执行上述实施例中收发模块920执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的终端设备900或终端设备1000可对应于图7所示的实施例中的终端设备，并且终端设备900或终端设备1000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1100的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1100例如为第一网络设备1100。第一网络设备1100包括处理模块1110和收发模块1120。其中，处理模块1110可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如确定第一配置信息的操作，确定调整信息的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1120可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图7所示的实施例中的S701、S702、S704、S705和S706，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1120，用于接收终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，第一网络设备1100为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，
处理模块1110，用于根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息；
收发模块1120，用于通过SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1120用于通过如下方式接收终端设备的辅助信息：
通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息；或，
接收来自第二网络设备的所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1120，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向第一网络设备1100发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息为第一网络设备1100相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括第一网络设备1100相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括第一网络设备1100相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，收发模块1120，还用于将所述辅助信息包括的所述第二网络设备相关的信息发送给所述第二网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向第一网络设备1100发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向第一网络设备1100发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向第一网络设备1100发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向第一网络设备1100发送所述终端设备的辅助信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1120，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于第一网络设备1100的第一子能力信息、以及对应于第一网络设备1100和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1120还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于第一网络设备1100与所述终端设备之间通信的所述SRB3；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为第一网络设备1100建立所述SRB3。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1120还用于：
接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求第一网络设备1100作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
向所述第二网络设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示第一网络设备1100同意第一网络设备1100作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备；
接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置第一网络设备1100为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1110可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1120可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图12所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1200。示例性地，通信设备1200例如为第一网络设备1200。第一网络设备1200包括处理器1210，存储器1220与收发器1230，其中，存储器1220中存储指令或程序，处理器1210用于执行存储器1220中存储的指令或程序。存储器1220中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1210用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1110执行的操作，收发器1230用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1120执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的第一网络设备1100或第一网络设备1200可对应于图7所示的实施例中的第一网络设备，并且第一网络设备1100或第一网络设备1200中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1300的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1300例如为第二网络设备1300。第二网络设备1300包括处理模块1310和收发模块1320。其中，处理模块1310可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如确定第一配置信息的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1320可以用于执行图7所示的实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图7所示的实施例中的S701、S703和S705，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
处理模块1310，用于确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，第二网络设备1300为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
收发模块1320，用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时， 具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1320，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，收发模块1320，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1320还用于：
接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1320，还用于在处理模块1310确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之前，接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于第二网络设备1300的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和第二网络设备1300的第三子能力信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，处理模块1310用于通过如下方式确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息：
根据所述能力信息确定所述终端设备能够通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1310可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1320可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图14所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1400。示例性地，通信设备1400例如为第二网络设备1400。第二网络设备1400包括处理器1410，存储器1420与收发器1430， 其中，存储器1420中存储指令或程序，处理器1410用于执行存储器1420中存储的指令或程序。存储器1420中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1410用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1310执行的操作，收发器1430用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1320执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的第二网络设备1300或第二网络设备1400可对应于图7所示的实施例中的第二网络设备，并且第二网络设备1300或第二网络设备1400中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1500的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1500例如为终端设备1500。终端设备1500包括处理模块1510和收发模块1520。其中，处理模块1510可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S803，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1520可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由终端设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S801、S802、S807、S809、S810、S811、S812和S813，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1520，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于终端设备1500与第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，终端设备1500连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
收发模块1520，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
处理模块1510，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1520，还用于向所述第二网络设备发送终端设备1500的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，在处理模块1510根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述第一网络设备之间通信的SRB3之后，收发模块1520还用于：
接收来自所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
根据所述第一配置信息确定终端设备1500能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送终端设备1500的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示终端设备1500所期望的配置或终端设备1500的业务信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，在处理模块1510根据所述第一配置信息确定终端设备1500能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送终端设备1500的辅助信息之后，收发模块1520还用于：
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的信息，所述对应于所述第一网络设备的信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网 络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，在处理模块1510根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之后，收发模块1520还用于：
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息；或，
通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息；或，
向所述第二网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第二网络设备相关的信息，以及通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息中的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示终端设备1500在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示终端设备1500能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示终端设备1500在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
终端设备1500的MIMO层数；
终端设备1500对应的辅小区的数量；
终端设备1500的天线端口数；
终端设备1500对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
终端设备1500对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
终端设备1500支持的最大带宽；
终端设备1500期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
终端设备1500期望的BWP配置或参数；
终端设备1500的应用类型；
终端设备1500的传输的数据包大小；
终端设备1500期望的调度模式；
终端设备1500期望的搜索空间；
终端设备1500期望的调度格式；或，
终端设备1500期望的时隙格式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1520，还用于在通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整终端设备1500的配置。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一消息还携带第二时间信息，处理模块1510用于根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3，处理模块1510还用于根据所述第一消息携带的第二时间信息，确定无法在所述第二时间信息对应的时间范围内请求建立SRB3。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1510可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1520可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图16所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1600。示例性地，通信设备1600例如为终端设备1600。终端设备1600包括处理器1610，存储器1620与收发器1630，其中，存储器1620中存储指令或程序，处理器1610用于执行存储器1620中存储的指令或程序。存储器1620中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1610用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1510执行的操作，收发器1630用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1520执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的终端设备1500或终端设备1600可对应于图8所示的实施例中的第二网络设备，并且终端设备1500或终端设备1600中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1700的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1700例如为第一网络设备1700。第一网络设备1700包括处理模块1710和收发模块1720。其中，处理模块1710可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如确定第一配置信息，确定调整信息，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1720可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S801、S802、S807、S809、S810、S811、S812和S813，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1720，用于向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于第一网络设备1700与终端设备之间通信的SRB3，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，第一网络设备1700为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
收发模块1720，还用于接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息；
处理模块1710，用于根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息配置用于与第一网络设备1700之间通信的SRB3，或根据所述第一消息确定无法建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1720，还用于接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于第一网络设备1700的第一子能力信息、以及对应于第一网络设备1700和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1720，还用于在处理模块1710根据所述第一消息建立用于与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3之后，向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向第一网络设备1700发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1720，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括第一网络设备1700相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向第一网络设备1700发送所述辅站信息时，发送所述 至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还携带第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向第一网络设备1700发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向第一网络设备1700发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向第一网络设备1700发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1720还用于：
在通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息之后，根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的空口参数或所述终端设备的业务信息；
通过所述SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1710可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1720可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图18所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1800。示例性地，通信设备1800例如为第一网络设备1800。第一网络设备1800包括处理器1810，存储器1820与收发器1830，其中，存储器1820中存储指令或程序，处理器1810用于执行存储器1820中存储的指令或程序。存储器180中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器1810用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1710执行的操作，收发器1830用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1720执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的第一网络设备1700或第一网络设备1800可对应于图8所示的实施例中的第一网络设备，并且第一网络设备1700或第一网络设备1800中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1900的示意性框图。示例性地，通信设备1900例如为第二网络设备1900。第二网络设备1900包括处理模块1910和收发模块1920。其中，处理模块1910可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作，例如S806，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。收发模块1920 可以用于执行图8所示的实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的全部收发操作，例如图8所示的实施例中的S801、S802、S804、S805、S807、S808、S810和S812，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
收发模块1920，用于接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
收发模块1920，还用于发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1920，还用于接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于第二网络设备2000的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和第二网络设备2000的第三子能力信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1920，还用于将所述第一子能力信息发送给所述第一网络设备。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3或用于配置SRB3，收发模块1920，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
作为一种可选的实施方式，收发模块1920，还用于在向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为第二网络设备2000相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及第二网络设备2000相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及第二网络设备2000相关的信息，收发模块1920，还用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
作为一种可选的实施方式，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
所述终端设备的MIMO层数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
所述终端设备的天线端口数；
所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
所述终端设备期望的C-DRX配置或参数；
所述终端设备期望的BWP配置或参数；
所述终端设备的应用类型；
所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
应理解，本申请实施例中的处理模块1910可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现，收发模块1920可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。
如图20所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2000。示例性地，通信设备2000例如为第二网络设备2000。第二网络设备2000包括处理器2010，存储器2020与收发器2030，其中，存储器2020中存储指令或程序，处理器2010用于执行存储器2020中存储的指令或程序。存储器2020中存储的指令或程序被执行时，该处理器2010用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1910执行的操作，收发器2030用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1920执行的操作。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的第二网络设备1900或第二网络设备2000可对应于图8所示的实施例中的第二网络设备，并且第二网络设备1900或第二网络设备2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通信装置可以用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例或图8所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。
当该通信装置为终端设备时，图21示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便，图21中，终端设备以手机作为例子。如图21所示，终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是，有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。
当需要发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图21中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图21所示，终端设备包括收发单元2110和处理单元2120。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可 以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元2110中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元2110中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元2110包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
应理解，收发单元2110用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元2120用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元2110用于执行图7所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤，例如S701、S703、S704、S705和S706。处理单元2120，用于执行图7所示的实施例中的终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作，例如终端设备确定终端设备的能力信息的操作，确定终端设备的辅助信息的操作，根据调整信息调整终端设备的配置或业务信息的操作，和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
或者，收发单元2110用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作，处理单元2120用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。
例如，在一种实现方式中，收发单元2110用于执行图8所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤，例如S801、S802、S807、S809、S810、S811、S812和S813。处理单元2120，用于执行图8所示的实施例中的终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作，例如S803。
当该通信装置为芯片时，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。
本申请实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时，可以参照图22所示的设备。作为一个例子，该设备可以完成类似于图22中处理器2210的功能。在图22中，该设备包括处理器2210，发送数据处理器2220，接收数据处理器2230。上述实施例中的处理模块910可以是图22中的该处理器2210，并完成相应的功能；上述实施例中的收发模块920可以是图22中的发送数据处理器2220，和/或接收数据处理器2230。或者，上述实施例中的处理模块1510可以是图22中的该处理器2210，并完成相应的功能；上述实施例中的收发模块1520可以是图22中的发送数据处理器2220，和/或接收数据处理器2230。
虽然图22中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器，但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明，仅是示意性的。
图23示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置2300中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的，该调制子系统可以包括处理器2303，接口2304。其中，处理器2303完成上述处理模块910的功能，接口2304完成上述收发模块920的功能。或者，处理器2303完成上述处理模块1510的功能，接口2304完成上述收发模块1520的功能。作为另一种变形，该调制子系统包括存储器2306、处理器2303及存储在存储器2306上并可在处理器上运行的程序，该处理器2303执行该程序时实现上述图7所示的方法实施例、或图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是，所述存储器2306可以是非易失性的，也可以是易失性的，其位置可以位于调制子系统内部，也可以位于处理装置2300中，只要该存储器2306可以 连接到所述处理器2303即可。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第一网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与第二网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第一网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与第二网络设备相关的流程。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图7所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图7所示的方法实施例中第一网络设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图7所示的方法实施例中第二网络设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中第一网络设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中第二网络设备侧的方法。
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外 部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。
应注意，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替 换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定能够通过信令无线承载SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备；
    所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，终端设备确定能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，包括：
    所述终端设备接收来自第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备的第一配置信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一配置信息确定所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述终端设备在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息；或，
    所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息确定，所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1～3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备确定能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
  5. 根据权利要求1～4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
  6. 根据权利要求1～5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息之后，还包括：
    所述终端设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述第一网络设备的调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置。
  7. 根据权利要求1～6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
    所述终端设备的多输入多输出MIMO层数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
    所述终端设备的天线端口数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
    所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
    所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
    所述终端设备期望的连接态下的非连续接收C-DRX配置或参数；
    所述终端设备期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
    所述终端设备的应用类型；
    所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
    所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
    所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
    所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
    所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
  8. 根据权利要求1～7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息，所述第一子能力信息是通过所述第二网络设备透传给所述第一网络设备，所述能力信息还包括对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
  9. 根据权利要求1～8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间通信的所述SRB3，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述终端设备建立所述SRB3或用于为所述终端设备配置SRB3。
  10. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络设备接收终端设备的辅助信息，所述辅助信息用于指示所述终端设备所期望的配置或终端设备的业务信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备根据所述辅助信息确定调整信息，并通过信令无线承载SRB3向所述终端设备发送所述调整信息，所述调整信息用于调整所述终端设备的配置或所述终端设备的业务信息。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，第一网络设备接收终端设备的辅助信息，包括：
    所述第一网络设备通过所述SRB3接收来自所述终端设备的所述辅助信息；或，
    所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述辅助信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
  13. 根据权利要求10～12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
  14. 根据权利要求10～13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息为所述第一网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备 相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备将所述辅助信息包括的所述第二网络设备相关的信息发送给所述第二网络设备。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
  17. 根据权利要求13或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息时，发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
  18. 根据权利要求10～17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
    所述终端设备的多输入多输出MIMO层数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
    所述终端设备的天线端口数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
    所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
    所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
    所述终端设备期望的连接态下的非连续接收C-DRX配置或参数；
    所述终端设备期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
    所述终端设备的应用类型；
    所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
    所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
    所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
    所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
    所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
  19. 根据权利要求10～18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述终端设备的能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的所述SRB3；
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于为所述第一网络设备建立所述SRB3。
  21. 根据权利要求10～20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求所述第一网络设备作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络 设备中的主网络设备；
    所述第一网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送响应消息，所述响应消息用于指示所述第一网络设备同意所述第一网络设备作为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备；
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于配置所述第一网络设备为所述第二网络设备的辅网络设备。
  22. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过信令无线承载SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，所述终端设备连接至少两个网络设备，所述第一网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的辅网络设备，所述第二网络设备为所述至少两个网络设备中的主网络设备；
    所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于指示所述终端设备能够通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括第一时间信息，用于指示所述终端设备能够在所述第一时间信息对应的时间范围内通过所述SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息，或，用于指示所述终端设备在向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息后，在所述第一时间内不再向所述第一网络设备发送辅助信息。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息还包括所述辅助信息对应的至少一个参数的信息，用于指示所述终端设备在通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息时，具体发送所述至少一个参数的取值。
  25. 根据权利要求22～24任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息之后，还包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收所述辅助信息，所述辅助信息为所述第二网络设备相关的信息，或所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息包括所述第一网络设备相关的信息以及所述第二网络设备相关的信息，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送所述辅助信息所包括的所述第一网络设备相关的信息。
  27. 根据权利要求22～26任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述辅助信息包括如下的一种或它们的任意组合；
    所述终端设备的多输入多输出MIMO层数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区的数量；
    所述终端设备的天线端口数；
    所述终端设备对应的辅小区组的聚合带宽；
    所述终端设备对应的每个辅小区的带宽；
    所述终端设备支持的最大带宽；
    所述终端设备期望的连接态下的非连续接收C-DRX配置或参数；
    所述终端设备期望的带宽部分BWP配置或参数；
    所述终端设备的应用类型；
    所述终端设备的传输的数据包大小；
    所述终端设备期望的调度模式；
    所述终端设备期望的搜索空间；
    所述终端设备期望的调度格式；或，
    所述终端设备期望的时隙格式。
  28. 根据权利要求22～27任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收请求消息，所述请求消息用于请求建立用于所述第一网络设备与所述终端设备之间通信的SRB3；
    所述第二网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于建立SRB3，或用于指示拒绝建立SRB3。
  29. 根据权利要求22～28任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息之前，还包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述终端设备的能力信息，所述能力信息包括对应于所述第一网络设备的第一子能力信息、对应于所述第二网络设备的第二子能力信息、以及对应于所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备的第三子能力信息。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，第二网络设备确定终端设备能够通过SRB3向第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息，包括：
    所述第二网络设备根据所述能力信息确定所述终端设备能够通过SRB3向所述第一网络设备发送所述终端设备的辅助信息。
  31. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于执行1～9任一项所述的方法。
  32. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于执行10～21任一项所述的方法。
  33. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器和收发器相互耦合，用于执行22～30任一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统包括：
    存储器：用于存储指令；
    处理器，用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述指令，使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求1～9任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统包括：
    存储器：用于存储指令；
    处理器，用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述指令，使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求10～21任一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统包括：
    存储器：用于存储指令；
    处理器，用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述指令，使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求22～30任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/085232 2019-04-23 2020-04-17 一种通信方法及设备 WO2020216133A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/605,894 US20220124697A1 (en) 2019-04-23 2020-04-17 Communications Method and Device
EP20795908.1A EP3930356B1 (en) 2019-04-23 2020-04-17 Communication method and device
CN202080030304.6A CN113728665A (zh) 2019-04-23 2020-04-17 一种通信方法及设备

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910327423.7A CN111836220B (zh) 2019-04-23 2019-04-23 一种通信方法及设备
CN201910327423.7 2019-04-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020216133A1 true WO2020216133A1 (zh) 2020-10-29

Family

ID=72912307

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/085232 WO2020216133A1 (zh) 2019-04-23 2020-04-17 一种通信方法及设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220124697A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3930356B1 (zh)
CN (3) CN111836220B (zh)
WO (1) WO2020216133A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115460719A (zh) * 2019-08-13 2022-12-09 苹果公司 远程无线设备的无线电资源控制连接过程
EP4142421A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2023-03-01 Apple Inc. Radio resource control connection procedures for remote wireless devices
KR20210020474A (ko) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-24 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말 상태에 기초하여 단말을 재설정하는 방법 및 장치
CN111836379B (zh) * 2019-08-15 2023-10-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 辅助信息上报方法、配置方法、终端和网络侧设备
CN114342485B (zh) * 2019-11-12 2024-02-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种上报辅助信息的方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015199319A1 (en) * 2014-06-23 2015-12-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for optimizing internet communications
CN109246833A (zh) * 2017-05-04 2019-01-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 承载配置确定、信息发送方法及装置、主基站和辅基站

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3179787B1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2021-03-03 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device and method for transmit power control
KR20170064537A (ko) * 2014-09-24 2017-06-09 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 통신 장치 및 불연속 송신 방법
US10368384B2 (en) * 2017-08-09 2019-07-30 Nokia Technologies Oy Asymmetric capability coordination in dual connectivity
CN114679751A (zh) * 2017-09-20 2022-06-28 三星电子株式会社 无线通信系统中发送和接收数据的方法及装置
US10785817B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2020-09-22 Apple Inc. Signaling radio bearer type 3 (SRB3) and secondary cell group (SCG) failure handling
CN109996351B (zh) * 2017-12-29 2020-11-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种配置信息的传输方法和相关设备
US11071025B2 (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-07-20 FG Innovation Company Limited Cell handover with minimum mobility interruption
WO2020091660A1 (en) * 2018-10-30 2020-05-07 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Measurement configuration in nr-dc
US11882613B2 (en) * 2019-01-21 2024-01-23 Sony Group Corporation Terminal device, infrastructure equipment and methods

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015199319A1 (en) * 2014-06-23 2015-12-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for optimizing internet communications
CN109246833A (zh) * 2017-05-04 2019-01-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 承载配置确定、信息发送方法及装置、主基站和辅基站

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP TSG RAN: "3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and NR; Multi-connectivity; Stage 2 (Release 15)", 3GPP TS 37.340 V15.5.0, 9 April 2019 (2019-04-09), pages 1 - 68, XP051723347 *
APPLE: "Enhancement on SCell Activation and Deactivation", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #105BIS R2-1903609, 29 March 2019 (2019-03-29), XP051692874 *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "37.340 Draft CR for addressing overheating issue in EN-DC scenario – Option 2", 3GPP TSG-RAN2 MEETING #107BIS R2-1913693, 4 October 2019 (2019-10-04), XP051791686 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "UE Assistance Information for power saving", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #105BIS R2-1903053, 29 March 2019 (2019-03-29), XP051692335 *
See also references of EP3930356A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3930356A1 (en) 2021-12-29
CN113490168A (zh) 2021-10-08
EP3930356A4 (en) 2022-04-20
CN113728665A (zh) 2021-11-30
CN113490168B (zh) 2022-05-13
US20220124697A1 (en) 2022-04-21
EP3930356C0 (en) 2023-07-12
CN111836220B (zh) 2023-11-17
CN111836220A (zh) 2020-10-27
EP3930356B1 (en) 2023-07-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11109263B2 (en) Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
WO2020216133A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
US11399361B2 (en) V2X sidelink communication
US20190166526A1 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface, method for performing access for a ue, method and apparatus for performing a handover for a ue, data forwarding method, user equipment and base station
CN113038528B (zh) 用于在无线通信系统中将数据分组路由到用户设备的基站
CN107079511B (zh) 经由wlan接入设备在蜂窝管理器与用户设备(ue)之间进行通信的装置、系统和方法
EP3687222A1 (en) Information transmission method and device
TWI725153B (zh) 用於中繼傳輸的方法和裝置以及中繼終端設備
CN114900547B (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021088158A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2021227857A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021000688A1 (zh) 一种发送、接收能力信息的方法及设备
WO2021159341A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2021258766A1 (zh) 一种配置终端设备的方法及设备
WO2021036569A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN112153757B (zh) 通信方法、装置和系统
CN113455100B (zh) 用于中继通信的方法和装置
WO2021213014A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
JP2024525942A (ja) バッファ報告送信および受信方法ならびに装置
WO2021063192A1 (zh) 通信方法及相关产品
WO2021008422A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、通信装置、终端设备及网络设备
WO2021027786A1 (zh) 一种ue上报udc信息方法及设备
WO2021163832A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法和装置
WO2021134763A1 (zh) 一种恢复传输的方法、装置及设备
CN114095978B (zh) 一种配置终端设备的方法及设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20795908

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020795908

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210922

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE